Apbhramsa Grammar and Composition

Author(s): Kamalchand Sogani
Publisher: Apbhramsa Sahitya Academy
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/006531/1

Page #1

Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition (English Translation of the Author's Book in Hindi
“Apabhraṁsa Racană Saurabha')
Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani
korerettan stat जैनविद्या संस्थान
श्री महावीरजी
Apabhramsa Sahitya Academy
Jaina Vidya Saṁsthāna Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kșetra Śri Mahāviraji
Rajasthan

www.jajnelibrary.org

Page #2

Apabhraíba Grammar and Composition (English Translation of the Author's Book in Hindi
'Apabhraíśa Racană Saurabha')
Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani (Former Professor of Philosophy M.L. Sukhadia University
Udaipur)
ruuastion in जैनविद्या संस्थान श्री महावीरजी
Published by Apabhramśa Sahitya Academy
Jaina Vidya Saṁsthāna Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kșetra Śri Mahaviraji
Rajasthan

Page #3

Publisher: Apabhraṁsa Sahitya Academy (Jaina Vidya Saṁsthana) Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Ksetra Śri Mahaviraji Śri Mahaviraji - 322 220 (Rajasthan) Tel. : 0141-2385247
Copies From : 1. Jaina Vidya Samsthåna
Śri Mahaviraji - 322 220 (Rajasthan) Telephone : 07469-2224323 Sähitya Vikraya Kendra Digambara Jaina Nasiyāṁ Bhattārakaji Savai Ramasimha Road, Jaipur - 302 004 Tel. : 0141-2385247
All rights reserved
First Edition : 2005
Price : Rs. 350/ - US$ 20
Computer Typesetting : Ayush Graphics D-173-(A), Vineet Marg, Bapu Nagar Jaipur - 302015 (Rajasthan) Ph. : 0141-2708265, Mobile : 94140-76708
Printed at: Jaipur Printers Pvt. Ltd. MI. Road, Jaipur - 302 001 Telephone : 0141-2373822, 2362468

Page #4

Table of Contents
Lesson No.
Subject
Page No.
Lesson - 1
Lesson - 2
Lesson - 3
Lesson - 4
Lesson - 5
5
Prelusive Introduction Pronoun First Person Singular Number Present Tense Pronoun Second Person Singular Number Present Tense Pronoun Third Person Singular Number Present Tense Pronoun-Singular Non-a-ending Verbs Present Tense Pronoun First Person Plural Number Present Tense Pronoun Second Person Plural Number Present Tense Pronoun Third Person Plural Number Present Tense Pronoun-Plural Non-a-ending Verbs Present Tense Pronoun First Person Singular Number Imperative Pronoun Second Person Singular Number Imperative
Lesson - 6
Lesson - 7
Lesson - 8
11
Lesson - 9
14
Lesson - 10
15
(ii)

Page #5

Lesson No.
Subject
Page No.
Lesson - 11
17
Lesson - 12
18
Lesson - 13
20
Lesson - 14
22
Lesson - 15
24
Lesson - 16
26
Pronoun Third Person Singular Number Imperative Pronoun-Singular Non-a-ending Verbs Imperative Pronoun First Person Plural Number Imperative Pronoun Second Person Plural Number Imperative Pronoun Third Person Plural Number Imperative Pronoun-Plural Non-a-ending Verbs Imperative Intransitive Verbs Exercises Pronoun First Person Singular Number Future Tense Pronoun Second Person Singular Number Future Tense Pronoun Third Person Singular Number Future Tense Pronoun-Singular Non-a-ending Verbs Future Tense Pronoun First Person Plural Number Future Tense
Lesson - 17
28
Lesson - 18
31
Lesson - 19
33
Lesson - 20
35
Lesson - 21
37
Lesson - 22
39
(iv)

Page #6

Lesson No.
Subject
Page No.
Lesson - 23
41
Lesson - 24
43
Lesson - 25
46
50
52
Lesson - 26 Lesson - 27 Lesson - 28 Lesson - 29
Lesson - 30
59
Pronoun Second Person Plural Number Future Tense Pronoun Third Person Plural Number Future Tense Pronoun-Plural Non-a-ending Verbs Future Tense Exercises Absolutive Infinitive Nouns and Verbs a-ending Nouns Masculine Intransitive Verbs a-ending Nouns Masculine Nominative Case Singular Number a-ending Nouns Masculine Nominative Case Plural Number Exercises Nouns and Verbs a-ending Nouns Neuter Intransitive Verbs a-ending Nouns Neuter Nominative Case Singular Number a-ending Nouns Neuter Nominative Case Plural Number Exercises Nouns and Verbs a-ending Nouns Feminine Intransitive Verbs å-ending Nouns Feminine Nominative Case Singular Number
Lesson - 31
61
Lesson - 32 Lesson - 33
63 65
67
Lesson - 34
Lesson - 35
69
Lesson - 36 Lesson - 37
Lesson - 38
74

Page #7

Lesson No.
Subject
Page No.
Lesson - 39
76
78
Lesson - 40 Lesson - 41
9
Lesson - 42 Lesson - 43 Lesson - 44
88
93
Lesson - 45 Lesson - 46
98
Lesson - 47 Lesson - 48
99
Lesson - 49 Lesson - 50
103 104
å-ending Nouns Feminine Nominative Case Plural Number Exercises Past Participle Use in the Active Voice Present Participle Exercises Past Participle Use in the Impersonal Form Exercise Intransitive Verbs Use in the Impersonal Form Exercise Obligatory and Potential Participle Use in the Impersonal Form Exercise Noun-Pronoun Accusative Case Singular Number Transitive Verbs Noun-Pronoun Accusative Case Masculine-Neuter and Feminine Plural Number Transitive Verbs Transitive Verbs Exercises Transitive Verbs Passive Voice Nouns Masculine l-ending, U-ending Transitive Verbs Exercises Past Participle Use in the Passive Voice Exercises 1-ending and U-ending Nouns Masculine, Neuter and Feminin
Lesson - 51
108
Lesson - 52
111
Lesson - 53 Lesson - 54
113 121
Lesson - 55 Lesson - 56
123 124
Lesson - 57 Lesson - 58
127 128
(vi)

Page #8

Lesson No.
Subject
Page No.
Lesson - 59 Lesson - 60
Lesson - 61
Lesson - 62 Lesson - 63
Lesson - 64 Lesson - 65
Lesson - 66
147
Lesson - 67
Transitive Verbs
130 l-ending and U-ending Nouns
131 Nominative Case, Instrumental Case Singular Number, Plural Number Obligatory and Potential Participle 134 Use in the Passive Voice Exercises
139 Different Participles
140 With object in the Accusative Case Exercises
142 Noun-Pronoun
143 Dative-Genitive Case Singular Number Masculine, Neuter and Feminine Noun Dative-Genitive Case Singular Number l-ending, V-ending Masculine and Neuter Noun-Pronoun
149 Dative-Genitive Case Plural Number Masculine, Neuter and Feminine Noun
153 Dative-Genitive Case Plural Number l-ending, U-ending Masculine and Neuter Exercises
155 Noun-Pronoun
156 Ablative Case Singular Number Noun
158 Ablative Case Singular Number Noun
159 Ablative Case Plural Number Noun-Pronoun
160 Ablative Case Plural Number Noun-Pronoun
161 Locative Case Singular Noun-Pronoun
163 Locative Case Plural
Lesson - 68
Lesson - 69 Lesson - 70
Lesson - 71
Lesson - 72
Lesson - 73
Lesson - 74
Lesson - 75
(vii)

Page #9

Lesson No.
Subject
· Page No.
Lesson - 76 Noun
165 Vocative Case
Singular-Plural Number Lesson - 77 Causative Suffixes
166 Lesson - 78 Retainer of innate meaning
171 Suffixes (Svarthika Suffixes) Lesson - 79 Different Pronouns
172 Exercises Lesson - 80 Indeclinables
174 Lesson - 81 Conjugation and Verbal endings
175 Lesson - 82 Conjugation of 'Asa'
178 Lesson - 83 (A) Declensional Forms of Nouns
179 (B) Declensional Forms of Pronouns 186
(C) Declension of Cardinal numerals 202 Lesson - 84 Endings of Declensional
Torms of Nouns according to Hemacandra 210 Appendix - 1(a) Noun-Index (English to Apabhramba) 224 Appendix - 1(b) Noun-Index (Apabhraíśa to English) 234 Appendix - 2(a) Verb-Index (English to Apabhramsa) 246 Appendix - 2(b) Verb-index (Apabhraísa to English) 255
(viii)

Page #10

Prelusive
We feel great pleasure in placing the book 'Apabhraíśa Grammar and Composition' in the hands of the readers. In fact, this book is the english translation of the second edition of 'Apabhraṁsa Racana Saurabha' published in 2003 by the Apabhraṁsa Sāhitya Academy, Jaipur.
It goes without saying that “Apabhramsa"language is one of the richest Indo-Aryan languages. It has come to us through Prakrta, the most ancient and sacred language of India. The early Vedic literature is not averse to Prakyta expressions, which indicate its ancient character. It is incontrovertible that Prákyta was the mother-tongue of Mahāvīra and Buddha, who used this language as the medium of their sermons. Prākrta the flowing language gave rise to Apabhramśa in course of time.
Like Präkrta, Apabhraíśa is the language of the masses. Its vast literature in varied literary forms contributes to the dignity and excellence of the cultural heritage of Indian tradition. Svayambhú, Puspadanta, Dhanapăla, Vira, Nayanandi, Kanakamara, Joindu, Rāmasimha, Hemacandra, Raidhū, etc. are the celebrated literary personalities of Apabhraṁsa language.
In the 6th century A.D. it was the lingua franca of Northern India. From East to West and Kaśmir (North) to Mahārāştra (South), it has served the need of literary world as also the common men. It is to the credit of Apabhramśa language that it has given birth to the modern Indian languages like, Sindhi, Pañjābi, Marathi, Bengali, Gujarati, Kaśmiri, Maithili, Rajasthani, Udiyă etc. Even the national language Hindi owes its origin to Apabhraṁsa. Most of the literary tendencies in Hindi literature flow from the glorious tradition of Apabhraṁsa language. Thus the relation between Apabhramśa and Hindi is very intimate. In consequence, the proper understanding of Apabhraíśa
(ix )

Page #11

language and literature is indispensible for comprehending the development of Hindi literature rightly and adequately.
Recognising the importance of Apabhramba language in the cultural history of India, the Managing Committe of Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kșetra, Śri Mahaviraji established 'Apabhramśa Sahitya Academy in 1988. The Academy has published books for teaching Apabhramśa language. Books on Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition and textual reading in Hindi have been published for those desirous of learning Apabhraíśa language through Hindi medium. For teaching Apabhramśa language to the English knowing people, our new publication, 'Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition' which is the english translation of 'Apabhramśa Racana Saurabha' in Hindi will facilitate the learning of Apabhraṁsa to the students of english language.
We offer our thanks to the learned researchers of the Samsthana (Institute) and to M/s Jaipur Printers Pvt. Ltd. for organising the publication of the book.
Naresh Kumar Sethi Narendra Patni Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani President Secretary
Samyojaka Managing Committee
Jaina Vidya Samsthana Samiti Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Ksetra
Jaipur Śri Mahaviraji
1 August, 2005

Page #12

Dedicated
To Dr. A.N. Upadhye
And Dr. Hiralal Jain

(xi)

Page #13

Page #14

Diacritical Marks
Vowels
a
à
i
1
u
ú
r
e
al
ओ
औ
o
au
Consonants
فر ما
بر سه
3
اکر م
مر به
3
بهر ه لكر -
بدر ها
_(3754
(orgen
)
: (fastof)
creatin
(xiii)

Page #15

Page #16

Relating to Apabhraṁśa language, the following should be understood.
क,

Vowels
अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ए, ओ
a, a, i, i, u, ù, e, O
Alphabets of Apabhramsa
4
ka,
PSN DIE
Introduction
ट,
च, छ, ज, झ, ञ
Consonants
ख,
घ, ङ
kha, ga, gha, na
ca, cha, ja, jha, ña
ta,
ठ, ड, द UT
tha,
da, dha, na
त, थ, द, ध, न
ta, tha, da, dha, na
प, फ, ब भ. म
pa, pha, ba, bha, ma
य,
र, ल, व
la, va
2
ya, ra,
स,
ह
sa, ha
IE
V
m, m
It may be noted here that in Apabhramsa the use of ǹa and ña is not found in non-conjunct form. In Hemacandra Apabhraṁśa Grammar the use of na and ña in conjunct form is traceable. The use of na is seen in conjunct and non-conjunct form. The alternative of ǹa, ña, na in conjunct form is m.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition.

(xv)

Page #17

Number :
In Apabhraṁsa language, there are only two numbers :1. Singular
2. Plural. Gender :
In Apabhrarśa language, there are three Genders :1. Masculine Gender
2. Feminine Gender 3. Neuter Gender Person:
In Apabhrarśa language, there are only three Persons :1. First Person
2. Second Person 3. Third Person. Case:
In Apabhraíśa language, there are eight Cases :1. Nominative Case
2. Accusative Case 3. Instrumental Case
4. Dative Case 5. Ablative Case
6. Genitive Case 7. Locative Case
8. Vocative Case In Apabhraṁsa language, the suffixes of Dative and Genitive Cases are the same. Verb:
In Apabhramba language, there are only two kinds of Verbs :1. Transitive
2. Intransitive Tense:
In Apabhraíśa language, there are four type of Tenses :1. Present Tense
2. Past Tense 3. Future Tense
4. Imperative In Apabhraṁsa language, for the expression of Past Tense, the Past Participle is used in abundance. Words :
In Apabhramśa languages, four kinds of Words are in use :1. a-ending
2. i-i-ending 3. á- ending
4. u-u-ending
( xvi)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #18

The Vocalic sounds of the Devanagari Syllabary in combination with the
consonants of the syllabary
का
कि की कु S ký ki kt ku
के
kha
ख kha
खा khá
खि khi
खी khi
खु khu
खू खे khu . khe
खो kho
ग ga
गा gå
गि gi
गी gi
गु gu
गू gu
गे ge
गो go
gha
घ cha
घा ghi
घि ghi
घी ghi
घु chu
घू phủ
घे ghe
घो gho
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
(xvii)

Page #19

ङ
na
च
ca
छ
cha
15
ज
ja
झ
jha
( xviii )
ङ
na
च
ca
छ
cha
15
ज
ja
झ
jha

ङा
nā
चा
că
छा
chă
जा
jā
झा
jhä
ङि
ni
चि
ci
छि
chi
जि
5
ji
झि
jhi
ङी डु
ni
ची
ci
छी
chi
जी
$5 =
ji
झी
jhi
fiya
ňu
चु
cu
छु
chu
15) 2
(छ)
झु
jhu
Fix 12
nu

IN 13
चू
छू
chú
150 12
जू
झू
न
ju jū je
jhů
ne
↓
ce
che
15
jhe
ङो
no
चो
CO
छो
chc
जो
jo
झो
jho
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #20

ञ
ña
ठ
tha
da
ng
dha
ञ
ña
ट
ta
ठ
tha
ड
da
ढ
dha
ञा

ñā
टा
tā
ठा
tha
डा
da
வு
dha
श
ञि
ñi
टि
ți
डि
di
दि
ञी
ñi
ठि ठी
thi
dhi
टी
ti
क
thi
डी
di
dhi
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
ञ
ทัน
fun) 2.
टु
tu
ठु
thu
ञ्
ทัน
12.

106
ठू
thú
नह है
ñe
टे
te
40
ठे
the
डु
du ḍū de
नय
दु
दू
dhu dhu dhe
७
ञो
ño
टो
to
ठो
tho
डो
do
வு,
dho
( xix )

Page #21

ण
na
ㄕ
ta
थ
tha
da
ध
dha
( xx )
ण
na
त
ta
थ
tha
द
da
ध
dha

णा
nā
ता
tā
था
thā
दा
dā
ཝཱ
dhā
णि णी
ni
ni
P
ti
थि
thi
€
दि
di
E
ti
क
di
णु
धि धी
dhi
dhi
nu
तु
tu
(c)
थी थु थू
thi
thu
thū
fun
दु
du
धु
UT
تکی
nū
तू
tū
धू
dhu dhú

दू
dú
क
ne
te
te
थे
the
दे
de
धे
dhe
no
तो
to
थो
tho
दो
do
धो
dho
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #22

न
na
प
pa
फ
pha
ब
Ba
भ
Bha
म
Ma
न
-224
na
प
pa
फ
pha
ब
ba
भ
म
ma
ना
nā

पा
pa
बा
bā
फा
फि
phá phi
ཝ
नि
भा
भि
bha bhā bhi
मा
ni
må
पिपी
pi
तर
bi
मि
ni
mi
pi
फी
phi
पेठ
bi
भी
bhi
मी
mi
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
لله
नु
nu
पु
pu
फु
phu
129 13
बु
bu
मु
mu
للو

nū
पू
pū
27
भु भू
bhu
फू
phù
bū
bhū
मू
mū
চি
ne
pe
Af
phe
be
भे
bhe
me
नो
no
पो
po
फो
pho
बो
bo
भो
bho
मो
mo
( xxi )

Page #23

...
य ya
या ya
यि यी yiyi
यु yu
यू yü
ये ye
थे
यो yo
ra rri ni ru rú re ro
ल
ला lá
الگو
लि ली lili
लु
ले
लो
लो
E
व va
वा vã
वि vi
वी vi
वु vu
वू vũ
वे ve
वो vo
sa
सा sá
si
सी si
su
sú
se
ह हा हि ही हु हू हे हो - ha hã hi hi hu hú he ho
(xxii)
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #24

Lesson 1 Pronoun
Haur =)
First Person Singular Number
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Rúsa - To sulk, Jiva : To live
Saya - To sleep, Lukka = To hide,
Ņacca = To dance, Jagga - To wake up,
Present Tense
Haur Hauṁ Haum Haum Haur Haum Haur
Hasauṁ/Hasami/Hasāmi/Hasemi = I laugh. Sayaum/Sayami/Sayāmi/Sayemi = I sleep. Naccauṁ/Naccami/Naccāmi/Naccemi - I dance. Rūsauṁ/Rúsami/Rusāmi/Rusemi = I sulk. Lukkaum/Lukkami/Lukkami/Lukkemi = I hide. Jaggauņ/Jaggami/Jaggămi/Jaggemi = I wake up. Jivaum/Jivami/Jivāmi/Jivemi
- I live.
Haum = 1, First Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun). In the First Person Singular of the Present Tense um and mi suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using mi suffix in the Verbs 'a of a-ending' Verbs is also changed into a and e. All the above verbs are Intransitive. An Intransitive Verb is that which has no object and whose effect is only on the subject or doer. 'I laugh', in this sentence, the effect of laughing is onl, and the Verb 'laugh' has no object. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences Person and Number of the Verbs are according to the Subject *Hauń'. Here 'Haum' is in the First Person Singular, so the Verbs are also of the First Person Singular Number.
4.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #25

Lesson 2 Pronoun
Second Person Singular Number
Tuhum - You Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Rusa = To sulk, Jiva - To live
Saya = To sleep, Lukka - To hide.
Ņacca - To dance, Jagga = To wake up.
Present Tense
Tuhum Hasahi/Hasasi/Hasase/Hasesi Tuhum Sayahi/Sayasi/Sayase/Sayesi Tuhum Naccahi/Naccasi/Naccase/Naccesi Tuhum Rüsahi/Rusasi/Rusase/Rusesi
-You laugh. : You sleep. - You dance. =You sulk.
Tuhur
Lukkahi/Lukkasi/Lukkase/Lukkesi
You hide.
Tuhum Tuhum
Jaggahi/Jaggasi/Jaggase/Jaggesi Jivahi/Jivasi/Jivase/Jivesi
=You wake up. -You live.
Tuhuṁ - You, Second Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun). In the Second Person Singular of the Present Tense 'hi', 'si' and 'se' suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using 'si' suffix in the Verbs, 'a' of 'a-ending'Verbs is also changed into 'e'. If there is no‘a’ending Verb, 'se' suffix is not used. (see lesson - 4) All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences Person and Number of the Verbs are according to the Subject. Here ‘Tuhum' is in the Second Person Singular', so the Verbs are also of the Second Person Singular Number.
m
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #26

Lesson 3
Pronoun So : He (Masculine), Så = She (Feminine)Third Person Singular Number Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Saya - To sleep. Ņacca - To dance, Rūsa - To sulk, Lukka = To hide, Jagga = To wake up, Jiva = To live
Present Tense
So
SO
o
Hasai/Hasei/Hasae Hasai/Hasei/Hasae Sayai/Sayei/Sayae Sayai/Sayei/Sayae Naccai/Naccei/Naccae Naccai/Naccei/Naccae Rūsai/Rusei/Rusae Rūsai/Rusei/Rusae Lukkai/Lukkei/Lukkae Lukkai/Lukkei/Lukkae Jaggai/Jaggei/Jaggae Jaggai/Jaggei/Jaggae Jivai/Jivei/Jivae Jivai/Jivei/Jivae
• He laughs. - She laughs. - He sleeps. - She sleeps. - He dances. - She dances. - He sulks. = She sulks. - He hides. - She hides. - He wakes up. - She wakes up. He lives.
So
Sa
So
Sa
So
Så
- She lives.
So-He (Masculine), Sa : She (Feminine) Third Person Singular Number
(Personal Pronoun) In the Third Person Singular of the Present Tense 'i' and 'e' suffixes are used in the verbs. In using 'i' suffix in the verbs 'a of a-ending' verbs is changed into 'e'. 'e' suffix is used only in 'a'- ending verbs. In the a, o, u etc. ending verbs 'e' is not used. In the Tha : To stay. Ho - To become, Hu - To become, Verbs 'e' suffix is not used in the
Present Tense. (See lesson - 4) All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
3. 4.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #27

Lesson 4
Pronoun - Singular Non- 'a'-ending Verbs i.e., å, o etc ending verbs Haum = 1, Tuhum - You, So: He (Masculine), Sá - She (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs Țhå - To stay, Ņhả : To bathe
Ho - To become
Present Tense
Hauṁ Thāum/Thāmi Haum Nhãum/Nhami Haum Hous/Homi Tuhum Thāhi/Thāsi Tuhum Nhāhi/Nhāsi Tuhum Hohi/Hosi
Thái Sa
Thai So Nhãi
Nhãi
Hoi Sa Hoi
- I stay. -l bathe. = I become. = You stay. - You bathe. - You become. - He stays. - She stays. = He bathes. - She bathes.
He becomes. - She becomes.
So
So
Hauṁ = 1 First Person Singular Tuhuṁ - You Second Person Singular (Personal Pronouns So = He (Masculine) Third Person Singular Sā - She (Feminine) S Singular In non - 'a'-ending verbs i.e. á, o etc ending verbs, 'se' suffix is not used in the second Person Singular. 'se' is used only in a-ending verbs. Likewise in the Third Person Singular 'e' suffix is not used in the non-'a'-ending verbs. Both these (se and e) suffixes are used only in the ‘a’-ending verbs of the Present Tense. All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #28

Lesson 5
Pronoun
Amhe
First Person Plural Number . We both/We all Amhaim Intransitive Verbs
Hasa = To laugh, Saya - To sleep, Ņacca = To dance, Rúsa - To sulk, Lukka - To hide, Jagga = To wake up, Jiva - To live
Amhe
Amhaim
Amhe
Amhair
Amhe
Amhaim Amhe
Present Tense Hasahuṁ/Hasamol = We both laugh. Hasamu/Hasama
We all laugh. Sayahuṁ/Sayamol = We both sleep. Sayamu/Sayama We all sleep. Naccahuń/Naccamol = We both dance. Naccamu/Naccama We all dance. Rüsahum/Rusamo/ : We both sulk. Rūsamu/Rusama We all sulk. Lukkahus/Lukkamol = We both hide. Lukkamu/Lukkama We all hide. Jaggahus/Jaggamo/ - We both wake up. Jaggamu/Jaggama We all wake up. Jivahuṁ/Jivamo/ • We both live. Jivamu/Jivama
We all live.
Amhaiṁ
Amhe
Amhaim
Amhe
Amhaim
Amhe
Amhaim
Amhe Amhaim
L
We both/Weall
First Person Plural Number First
(Personal Pronoun)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #29

2
In the First Person Plural of the Present Tense 'humo, mo, mu and ma suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using ‘mo', 'mu' and “ma' suffixes, the ending ‘a' of a- ending Verbs is also changed into 'a', 'i' and 'e'. So the Verbal inflexions will be Hasamo, Hasámu, Hasåma/Hasimo, Hasimu, Hasima/Hasemo, Hasemu, Hasema. Likewise other a - ending verbs should be inflected All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the Subject is in the First Person Plural, so the Verb is also of the First Person Plural Number
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #30

Tumhe
Tumhaim
Intransitive Verbs
•
- You both/You all
Hasa To laugh,
=
Rusa To sulk,
=
Jiva To live
Tumhe Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
}

}
}
}
Lesson 6
Pronoun
}
=
Saya To sleep, Lukka To hide,
Present Tense
Hasahu/Hasaha/
Hasitthá
Second Person Plural Number
Sayahu/Sayaha/
Sayittha
Naccahu/Naccaha/
Naccitthå
Rūsahu/Rūsaha/
Rūsitthä
Lukkahu/Lukkaha/
Lukkitthä
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Jaggahu/Jaggaha/
Jaggitthä
Nacca To dance, Jagga To wake up,
=
=
=
You both laugh. You all laugh.
= You both sleep. You all sleep.
You both dance.
You all dance.
= You both sulk. You all sulk.

- You both hide. You all hide.
- You both wake up.
You all wake up.
7

Page #31

Tumhe
: You both live.
Jivahu/Jivaha/ Jivittha
Tumhair
You all live.
Tumhe
Second Person Plural - You both/You all Tumhaim
(Personal Pronoun) In the Second Person Plural of the Present Tense hu, ha and itthà suffixes are used in the verbs. All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the Subject is in the Second Person Plural, so the Verb is used in the Second Person Plural Number.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #32

Lesson 7 Pronoun
Te: They both (Masculinel/They all (Masculine) Third Person Plural Ta : They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine)
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Rūsa : To sulk, Jiva - To live
Saya - To sleep, Lukka - To hide,
Ņacca - To dance, Jagga : To wake up,
Present Tense
Hasahim/Hasanti/
- They both laugh. They all laugh.
Hasante/Hasire
Tá
Hasahim/Hasanti/
- They both laugh They all laugh.
Hasante/Hasire
Sayahim/Sayanti/ Sayante/Sayire
-They both sleep. They all sleep.
Tá
Sayahim/Sayanti/ Sayante/Sayire
- They both sleep. They all sleep.
Te
Naccahim/Naccanti/ Naccante/Naccire
They both dance. They all dance.
Naccahim/Naccanti/ Naccante/Naccire
They both dance. They all dance.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #33

Rüsahim/Rūsanti/
They both sulk. They all sulk.
Rūsante/Rusire
Rúsahim/Rusanti/
- They both sulk. They all sulk.
Rüsante/Rūsire
Lukkahim/Lukkanti/ Lukkante/Lukkire
They both hide. They all hide.
Lukkahim/Lukkanti/ Lukkante/Lukkire
They both hide. They all hide.
Jaggahiņ/Jagganti/ Jaggante/Jaggire
=They both wake up. They all wake up.
Jaggahim/Jagganti/ Jaggante/Jaggire
They both wake up. They all wake up.
Jivahim/Jivanti/ Jivante/Jivire
-They both live. They all live.
Jivahim/Jivanti/
-They both live. They all live.
Jivante/Jivire
Te : They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Third Person Plural Tá : They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) S (Personal Pronun) In the Third Person Plural of the Present Tense ‘him', ‘nti', ‘nte' and ‘ire' suffixes are used in the verbs. All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the Subject is in the Third Person Plural, so the verb is also of the Third Person Plural Number.
10
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #34

Lesson 8
Pronoun - Plural non- 'a'-ending verbs i.e., å, o etc ending verbs Amhe
Tumhe - We both/We all
: You both/You all Amhaim
Tumhaim
Te : They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Ta = They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine)
Intransitive Verbs
Thả : To stay
Ņha = To bathe
Ho : To become
Present Tense
1
Amhe Amhaim
Thahum/Thằmo/ Thamu/Thama
= We both stay. We all stay.
Amhe Amhaiṁ
Ņhāhuṁ/Nhámo/ Nhằmu/Nhằma
- We both bathe. We all bathe.
Amhe
Hohum/Homol
= We both become.
Amhaiṁ
Homu/Homa
We all become.
Tumhe
Thihu/Thaha/ Thäitthà
- You both stay.
You all stay.
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Nhihu/Nhaha/
- You both bathe. You all bathe.
Tumhaim
Nháittha
Tumhe
Hohu/Hoha/
• You both become. You all become.
Tumhaim
Hoittha
Apabhraíśa Grammar and Composition

Page #35

Thāhis/Thanti - Thanti/ Thante-Thante/Thaire Tháhim/Thanti-Thanti/ Thānte-Thante/Tháire
• They both stay.
They all stay. - They both stay
They all stay.
Nhẫhim/Nhãnti-Nhanti/ Nhãnte-Nhante/Nhäire Nhẫhim/Nhãnti-Nhanti/
- They both bathe.
They all bathe. - They both bathe. They all bathe.
Nhãnte-Nhante/Nhaire
Hohim/Honti/Honte/ Hoire
: They both become.
They all become. - They both become. They all become.
Hohim/Honti/Honte/Hoire
Amhe
} = We both/We all
First Person Plural
Amhaim
Tumhe
J: You both/You all Second Person Plural Tumhaims
Personal Pronoun Plural
Te - They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Ta - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine)
Third Person
Plural
Suffixes of the Present Tense (Lesson 1 to 8) Singular
Plural First Person um, mi
hum, mo, mu, ma Second Person hi, si, se
hu, ha, ittha Third Person i, e
him, nti, nte, ire All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above Sentences are in the Active Voice. In these Sentences Verbs agree with the Subject in Number and Person.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #36

5.
If there is a long Vowel before a Conjunct Letter it becomes short as. Thanti-Thanti, Nhänti→Nhanti etc. In Apabhramsá 'a', 'ï' and u are long Vowels and 'a', 'I', 'u', 'e' and 'o' are regarded as short vowels.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

13

Page #37

Lesson 9 Pronoun
First Person Singular Number
Haum = 1 Intransitive Verbs
Hasa = To laugh, Rūsa = To sulk, Jiva - To live
Saya - To sleep, Lukka = To hide,
Ņacca - To dance, Jagga - To wake up,
acco To dance
Imperative
Hauṁ Hauṁ Haum Hauí Haur Hauṁ Haur
Hasamu/Hasemu Sayamu/Sayemu Naccamu/Naccemu Rúsamu/Rúsemu Lukkamu/Lukkemu Jaggamu/Jaggemu Jivamu/Jivemu
= I should/may laugh. = I should/may sleep. - I should/may dance. = I should/may sulk. - I should/may hide. = I should/may wake up. = I should/may live.
Haum = 1, First Person Singular (Personal Pronoun) In the First Person Singular of the Imperative 'mu' suffix is used in the Verbs. In using 'mu' suffix, a of 'a'-ending verbs is changed into 'e' also. For expressing command, injunction, prayer etc, the suffixes of Imperative are used in the Verbs. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. An Intransitive Verb is that which has no object and whose effect is only on the subject or doer. 'I should/may laugh’in this sentence the effect of laughing is on l' and the verb 'laugh' has no object. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences 'Person' and 'Number' of the Verbs agree with the subject. Here 'Haum' is in the First Person Singluar, so the Verbs are also of the First Person Singular Number.
14
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #38

Tuhum = You
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa To laugh,
=
=
Rusa To sulk, Jiva = To live
Lesson 10
Pronoun
Saya To sleep,
=
Lukka To hide,
Imperative
Tuhum Hasi/Hase/Hasu/
Second Person Singular Number
Hasasu/Hasesu
Tuhum Sayi/Saye/Sayu/

Hasa/Hasahi/Hasehi/ - You should/may laugh.
Tuhum Nacci/Nacce/Naccu/ Nacca/Naccahi/
Tuhum Rūsi/Ruse/Rusu/
Saya/Sayahi/Sayehi/ - You should/may sleep. Sayasu/Sayesu
Naccehi/Naccasu/Naccesu
Rūsa/Rüsahi/Rüsehi/
Rūsasu/Rüsesu
Tuhum Lukki/Lukke/Lukku/
Lukka/Lukkahi/
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
= You should/may dance.
=
Nacca = To dance,
Jagga To wake up,
=
=
Lukkehi/Lukkasu/Lukkesu
Tuhum Jaggi/Jagge/Jaggu/ Jagga/Jaggahi/ Jaggehi/Jaggasu/Jaggesu
You should/may sulk.
You should/may hide.

= You should/may wake up.
15

Page #39

Tuhum
Jivi/Jive/Jivu/Jiva = You should/may live. Jivahi/Jivehi/Jivasu/Jivesu
Tuhuṁ - You, Second Person Singular (Personal Pronoun) In the Second Person Singular of the Imperative 'i', 'e', 'u', zero' ‘hi' and 'su' suffixes are used in the Verbs. In using 'hi' and 'su' suffixes, Verb ending in 'a' is changed into 'e' also. Zero suffix is used only in 'a'-ending verbs. In non-'a'-ending verbs i.e. a, o, i etc ending Verbs zero suffix is not used in the Imperative. In Țhá - to stay, Ho - To become, verbs, 'zero' suffix is not used. All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentence Verbs agree with the Subject, “Tuhum'in Number and Person. Here 'Tubum' is in the Second Person Singular', so the Verbs are also of the Second Person Singular Number.
16
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #40

So He (Masculine)
Så She (Feminine)
=
Intransitive Verbs Hasa To laugh, Rusa To sulk, Jiva To live
=
1.
2.
3.
4.
So
* * * * . * . * .
So
Sä
So
So
Så
So
So
So
Så
Lesson 11 Pronoun
Saya To sleep, Lukka To hide,

Hasau/Haseu Hasau/Haseu
Sayau/Sayeu
Sayau/Sayeu Naccau/Nacceu
Naccau/Nacceu
Rūsau/Rüseu
Rūsau/Rūseu
Imperative
Lukkau/Lukkeu
Lukkau/Lukkeu
Jaggau/Jaggeu Jaggau/Jaggeu
Jivau/Jiveu Jivau/Jiveu
Third Person Singular Number
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
He should/may laugh. = She should/may laugh.
He should/may sleep.
= She should/may sleep.
== He should/may dance.
- She should/may dance.
= He should/may sulk.
= She should/may sulk.
- He should/may hide.
=
=
11
Nacca To dance, Jagga To wake up,
=
She should/may hide.
He should/may wake up.
She should/may wake up.
So He (Masculine) Third Person Singular Number
=
Så She (Feminine) (Personal Pronoun)
=
= He should/may live.
- She should/may live.
In the Third Person Singular of the Imperative 'u' suffix is used in the Verb. In using 'u' suffix, Verb ending in 'a' is changed into 'e' also.
All the above verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.

17

Page #41

Haum = I
Tuhum You
Lesson 12
Pronoun-Singular
Non- 'a'-ending verbs i.e. à, o etc. ending verbs
1.
Intransitive Verbs
Thȧ = To stay,
18
=
* * * * . *
Haum Thāmu
Haum Nhamu
Haum Homu
Tuhum Thái/Tháe/Thâu/
Thähi/Thāsu
Tuhum Nhãi/Nhãe/Nhau/ Nhähi/Nhāsu
Tuhum Hoi/Hoe/Hou/
Hohi/Hosu
So
Så
So
Så
So
Thau
Thau
Nhâu
Nhâu
Hou
Hou
Nhà - To bathe

Imperative
=
So He (Masculine)
Så She (Feminine)
=
- I should/may stay.
- I should/may bathe.
= I should/may become.
- You should/may stay.
Haum = 1, First Person Singular
Tuhum You, Second Person Singular
Ho To become
- You should/may bathe.
- You should/may become.
He should/may stay.
- She should/may stay.
= He should/may bathe.
= She should/may bathe.
= He should/may become.
She should/may become.
=
So He (Masculine), Third Person Singular
1=
Så She (Feminine), Third Person Singular

Personal
Pronoun
Singular
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #42

2.
3.
4.
In non- 'a'-ending Verbs i.e. a, o etc ending verbs, 'zero' suffix is not used in the Second Person Singular. 'zero' suffix is used only in 'a'-ending Verbs.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

19

Page #43

Amhe Amhaim
1.
}
Intransitive Verbs
20
= We both/We all
Hasa = To laugh,
Rusa = To sulk,
Jiva = To live
Lesson 13
Pronoun

Saya To sleep,
=
Lukka To hide,
Amhe
Amhaim J
First Person Plural Number
Imperative
Hasamo/Hasāmo/
Rūsamo/Rüsǎmo/
Amhe 1 Jaggamo/Jaggamo/ Amhaim Jaggemo Amhe 1 Jivamo/Jivămo/
Amhaim Jivemo
Amhe
- We both should/may laugh. We all should/may laugh.
Amhaim Hasemo
Amhe Sayamo/Sayāmo/
- We both should/may sleep.
Amhaim Sayemo
We all should/may sleep.
Amhe 1 Naccamo/Naccamo/ We both should/may dance.
Amhaim Naccemo
Amhe 1 Amhaim Rusemo
We all should/ may dance. -We both should/may sulk. We all should/may sulk. - We both should/may hide.
AmheLukkamo/Lukkāmo/
Amhaim Lukkemo
We all should/may hide. -We both should/may wake up. We all should/may wake up. = We both should/may live. We all should/may live.
Nacca To dance,
-
Jagga To wake up,

-
= We both/We all, First Person Plural Number
(Personal Pronoun)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #44

2.
In the First Person Plural of the imperative ‘mo' suffix is used in the Verbs. In using ‘mo' suffix in the verbs a of'a'-ending verbs is changed into ä' and 'e'. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Actice Voice. In these sentences Subject Amhe/Amhaiṁ agrees with the Person and Number of the Verbs. Here Amhe/Amhaim are in the First Person Plural Number, so the Verbs are also of the First Person Plural.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
21

Page #45

Lesson 14
Pronoun
Tumhe
Second Person Plural Number
Tumhein } - You
- You both/You all
Tumhaim
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Rusa = To sulk, Jiva - To live
Saya - To sleep, Lukka = To hide,
Ņacca - To dance, Jagga - To wake up,
Imperative Hasaha/
- You both should/may laugh.
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Haseha
You all should/may laugh.
Tumhe Tumhaim
Sayaha/ Sayeha
- You both should/may sleep You all should/may sleep.
Tumhe
Naccaha/
- You both should/may dance. You all should/may dance.
Tumhaim
Nacceha
Tumhe
Rūsaha/ Rüseha
- You both should/may sulk. You all should/may sulk.
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Lukkaha/
- You both should/may hide. You all should/may hide.
Tumhaim
Lukkeha
Jaggaha/
Tumhe Tumhaim
- You both should/may wake up. You all should/may wake up.
J
Jaggeha
22
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #46

1.
2.
3.
4.
Tumhe
Tumhaim
}
Jivaha/
Jiveha

Tumhe
You both/You all
Second Person Plural Number (Personal Pronoun)
Tumhaim
In the Second Person Plural of the Imperative 'ha' suffix is used in the Verbs. In using 'ha' suffix, a of 'a'-ending Verbs is changed into 'e'.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. The subject Tumhe/Tumhaim agree with the Person and Number of the Verbs. Here, the subjects, Tumhe/Tumhaim are in the Second Person Plural, therefore, verbs are also of the Second Person Plural.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
- You both should/may live. You all should/may live.

23

Page #47

Lesson 15
Pronoun Te: They both (Masculinel/They all (Masculine) Third Person Plural Ta = They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine)
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa = To laugh, Rusa = To sulk, Jiva = To live
Saya - To sleep. Lukka - To hide,
Ņacca - To dance, Jagga = To wake up,
Imperative
Hasantu/Hasentu
- They both should/may laugh
They all should/may laugh. = They both should/may laugh.
They all should/may laugh.
Hasantu/Hasentu
Sayantu/Sayentu
• They both should/may sleep.
They all should/may sleep. • They both should/may sleep
They all should/may sleep.
Sayantu/Sayentu
Naccantu/Naccentu - They both should/may dance.
They all should/may dance. Naccantu/Naccentu = They both should/may dance.
They all should/may dance.
Rūsantu/Rūsentu =
They both should/may sulk. They all should/may sulk. They both should/may sulk. They all should/may sulk.
Rūsantu/Rūsentu
-
24
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #48

Te
Tā
Te
Tā
Te
Tā
Lukkantu/Lukkentu =
Lukkantu/Lukkentu =

Jaggantu/Jaggentu
Jaggantu/Jaggentu
Jivantu/Jiventu
Jivantu/Jiventu
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
=
=
=
They both should/may hide.. They all should/may hide. They both should/may hide. They all should/may hide.
They both should/may wake up. They all should/may wake up. They both should/may wake up. They all should/may wake up.
1. Te They both (Masculine)/ They all (Masculine)
=
Tȧ = They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine)
2. In the Third Person Plural of the Imperative 'ntu' suffix is used in the Verbs. In using 'ntu' suffix in the Verbs, a of 'a'-ending Verbs is changed into 'e' also.
3. All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
4. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
They both should/may live.
They all should/may live.
They both should/may live. They all should/may live.

Third Person Plural
(Personal Pronoun)
25

Page #49

Lesson 16
Pronoun - Plural Non-a- ending Verbs ie a, o etc ending Verbs Amhe ! We both/We all
u Tumhe You both/ You all Amhaim
Tumhaims Te - They both (Masculinel/They all (Masculine) Ta : They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs
Thả : To stay, Ņha = To bathe Ho: To become
Amhe
Imperative
We both should/may stay. Thāmo We all should/may stay.
Amhaim
Thamo
Amhe
We both should/may bathe. Nhámo :
We all should/may bathe.
Amhaim
Amhe
We both should/may become. "We all should/may become.
Amhaim
Homo
Tumhe
You both should/may stay.
Thaha
Tumhaim
- You all should/may stay.
Tumhe Tumhaim
Nhaha
You both should/may bathe. * You all should/may bathe.
Tumhe
You both should/may become.
Hoha
Tumhaim
You all should/may become.
Te
Thántu-Thantu
They both should/may stay. They all should/may stay.
26
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #50

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Tä
Te
Tå
Te
Tå
Thantu-Thantu
Nhãntu-Nhantu
Nhãntu-Nhantu
Hontu
Hontu
Amhe
Amhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim

}
=
First Person
Second Person i, e, u, zero
hi, su
They both should/may stay. They all should/may stay.
We both/We all First Person Plural
mu
They both should/may bathe. They all should/may bathe.
They both should/may bathe.
They all should/may bathe.
You both/You all Second Person Plural
=
Te They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Tȧ = They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) Suffixes of Imperative (Lesson 9 to 16)
Singular
Plural
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
They both should/may become. They all should/may become.
They both should/may become. "They all should/may become.
mo
ha
Third Person น
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences the Subject agrees with the Verbs in Person and Number. If a long Vowel precedes the Conjunct letter, it becomes short, as : Thanti-Thanti, Nhânti-Nhanti etc. In Apabhramśa à, i and ů are regarded as long Vowels, a, i, u, e and o are regarded as short vowels.

Third
Person
Plural
ntu
Personal Pronoun Plural
27

Page #51

1.
2.
3.
28
Lesson 17
Intransitive Verbs
Exercises
Use the following Intransitive Verbs in the Active Voice. This use should be in the Present Tense and the Imperative. In place of the Subject, use the Personal Pronoun.
Lajja To embarrass
=
Ruva = To weep
Dara = To fear
Kalaha = To quarrel
Thakka To tire
Accha To sit
Pada = To fall
Uttha To get up
=
Bhida To clash
Ucchala To leap
=
Ujjama: To endeavour
Ullasa = To rejoice
Kampa: To tremble
Mara To die
Khela = To play
Kulla To jump
=
Tadaphada - To flounder
=
Ghuma = To go round
Translate the following sentences into Apabhraṁśa - (1) We hide. (2) We may hide. (3) He fears. (4) He may fear. (5) You get up. (6) They should get up. (7) I play. (8) All of you should play. (9) She rejoices. (10) They should rejoice. (11) He sits. (12) He should sit. (13) You may sit. (14) They weep. (15) We leap. (16) I clash. (17) You flounder. (18) You may jump. (19) We should endeavour. (20) You may go round. (21) We tremble. (22) You should tremble. (23) He may fight. (24) They may fight. (25) You bathe. (26) You should bathe. (27) They may stay. (28) You should tire. (29) All of you faint. (30) We stay. (31) All of them play. (32) I play. (33) You get up (fem.). (34) She trembles. (35) We sit.

Jujjha To fight
=
Muccha To faint
Correct the following sentences which have been put in the Present Tense and put the correct form of Verb. (Put the Verb in agreement with its Subject).
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #52

4.
5.
(1) Haum Rūsahim.
(3) So Thami.
(5) Tumhe Hasahim.
(7) Tà Thái.
(9) Te Marai.
(11) Tuhum. Paditthä.
(13) Amhaim Utthase.
(15) Tuhum Thai.
Correct the following sentences which have been put in the Present Tense. Put the Correct form of the Personal Pronoun. (Put the Personal Pronoun in agreement with the verb.)
(2) Amhe Ruvauṁ.
(4) So Darahu.
(6) Tumhaim Utthai.
(8) Haum Kampitthǎ.
(10) Tumhe Marai.
(2) Tuhum Hasauṁ.
(4) Amhe Hasaha.
(6) Te Thamo.
(8) Tumhaim Thakkahi.
(10) Haum Lajjamo.
(12) So Khelanti.
(14) Sa Ghumanti.
(1) Haum Lajjahum.
(3) Tumhe Ruvami.
(5) Tȧ Padamo. (7) Amhaim Ucchalahi. (9) Tuhum Marante.
(11) Tumhe Thāsi.
(13) Tumhe Nhāmu.
(15) Tuhum Mucchei.
Correct the following sentences which have been put in the Imperative. Put the correct form of the verb. (Put the Verb in agreement with the Subject.)
(1) Haum Padau.
(3) So Thakki.
(5) Tumhaim Darantu.
(7) Så Ghumi.
(9) Te Marahi.
(11) Tuhum Kullantu. (13) Te Bhidau. (15) Tumhaim Thāmo.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

(12) Haum Kullahim. (14) Amhe Hohu.
(2) Tuhum Ruvamo.
(4) Amhe Hasaha.
(6) Amhaim Kampaha.
(8) Ta Khelamo.
(10) Haum Ullasa.
(12) Tumhe Mucchasu.
(14) Amhaim Jujjhentu.

29

Page #53

Correct the following sentences which have been put in the Imperative. Put the correct form of the Personal Pronoun. (Put the Personal Pronoun in agreement with the Verb.) (1) Haus Lajjamo.
(2) Tuhum Ruvau. (3) Amhe Haseha.
(4) Tumhe Darāmo. (5) Tumhaim Lukkemo.
(6) Te Acchau (7) So Utthaha.
(8) Tá Hoha. (9) Amhaim Thantu.
(10) Tumhe Hasa. (11) Amhe Padasu.
(12) So Hou. (13) Te Homo.
(14) Haum Lukki. (15) Haur Tadaphada.
30
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #54

Lesson 18
Pronoun
First Person Singular Number
Haum = 1 Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Rūsa = To sulk,
Nacca = To dance,
Saya - To sleep. Lukka - To hide,
Jagga : To wake up,
Jiva = To live
Future Tense
Haur
Hasesaum/Hasesami/
· I shall laugh.
Hauṁ
= I shall sleep.
Haum
- I shall dance.
Hauń
= I shall sulk.
Hasihium/Hasihimi Sayesaum/Sayesami/ Sayihium/Sayihimi Naccesaus/Naccesami/ Naccihium/Naccihimi Rüsesaus/Rüsesami/ Rūsihium/Rúsihimi Lukkesaum/Lukkesami/ Lukkihium/Lukkihimi Jaggesaus/Jaggesami/ Jaggihius/Jaggihimi Jivesaum/Jivesami/ Jivihium/Jivihimi )
Haum
= I shall hide.
Haum
: I shall wake up.
Hauṁ
- I shall live.
Haum = 1, First Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun) In the First Person Singular of the Future Tense 'sa' and 'hi' suffixes are used in the Verbs. After this, the First Person Singular suffixes 'um' and 'mi' of the Present Tense are added to the
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
31

Page #55

3.
4.
32
Verbs. In using 'sa' suffix in the verbs, a of 'a'-ending Verbs is changed into 'e' and on using 'hi' suffix in the Verbs, a of 'a'ending Verbs is changed into 'i'. In the Conjugation of Verbs in the Future Tense, the suffixes of the Present Tense are used in the above mentioned way.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences the Subject 'Haum' agrees with the Verb in the First Person Singular Number.

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #56

Lesson 19
Pronoun
Second Person Singular Number
Tuhum : You Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Rúsa - To sulk, Jiva - To live
Saya - To sleep, Lukka - To hide,
Ņacca - To dance, Jagga - To wake up,
Future Tense
Tuhum Hasesabi/Hasesasi/
- You will laugh.
Tuhum
- You will sleep.
Tuhum
- You will dance.
Hasihihi/Hasihisi Sayesahi/Sayesasi/ Sayihihi/Sayihisi Naccesahi/Naccesasi/ Naccihihi/Naccihisi Rüsesahi/Rüsesasi/ Rusihihi/ Rūsihisi Lukkesahi/Lukkesasi/
Tuhum
- You will sulk.
Tuhum
- You will hide
Lukkihihi/Lukkihisi
Tuhum
- You will wake up.
Jaggesahi/Jaggesasi/ Jaggihihi/Jaggihisi Jivesahi/Jivesasi/ Jivihihi/Jivihisi
Tuhuṁ
= You will live.
1.
Tuhuṁ - You, Second Person Singular Number (Personal Pronoun) In the Second Person Singular of the Future Tense 'sa' and 'hi' suffixes are used in the Verbs. After this, the Second Person Sin
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
33

Page #57

gular suffixes 'hi' and 'si' of the Present Tense are added to the Verbs. In using 'sa' suffix in the verbs, a of'a'-ending Verbs is changed into 'e' and on using 'hi' suffix in the Verbs, a of 'a'ending Verbs is changed into 'i'. In the Conjugation of Verbs in the Future Tense, the suffixes of the Present Tense are used in the above-mentioned way. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
w
-
34
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #58

So He (Masculine)
Så = She (Feminine)
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa To laugh, Rūsa = To sulk,
Jiva : To live
So
Sā
So
Să
So
Så
So
Så
Lesson 20
Pronoun

Saya To sleep, Lukka To hide,
=
Third Person Singular Number
Future Tense
Hasesai/Hasesae/
Hasihii/Hasihie
Hasesai/Hasesae/
Hasihii/Hasihie
Sayesai/Sayesae/
Sayihii/Sayihie Sayesai/Sayesae/
Sayihii/Sayihie
Naccesai/Naccesae/
Naccihii/Naccihie Naccesai/Naccesae/
Naccihii/Naccihie
Rūsesai/Rúsesae/
Rūsihii/Rūsihie
Rüsesai/Rūsesae/
Rusihii/Rusihie
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Nacca To dance,
=
Jagga To wake
=
= She will laugh.
=
He will laugh.
= He will sleep.
=
She will sleep.
= He will dance.
She will dance.
= He will sulk.
= She will sulk.
up,
35

Page #59

1.
2.
3.
4.
36
So
Sã
So
Så
So
Sã
So
Lukkesai/Lukkesae/
Lukkihii/Lukkihie
Lukkesai/Lukkesae/
Lukkihii/Lukkihie
Jaggesai/Jaggesae/
Jaggihii/Jaggihie
Jaggesai/Jaggesae/
Jaggihii/Jaggihie
Jivesai/Jivesae/
Jivihii/Jivihie
Jivesai/Jivesae/
Jivihii/Jivihie
=
He (Masculine)
Så She (Feminine)
=

= He will hide.
= She will hide.
=

He will wake up.
She will wake up.
- He will live.
= She will live.
Third Person Singular Number
(Personal Pronoun)
In the Third Person Singular of the Future Tense 'sa' and 'hi' suffixes are used in the Verbs. After this, the Third Person Singular suffixes 'i' and 'e' of the Present Tense are added to the Verbs. In using 'sa' suffix in the verbs, a of 'a' ending Verbs is changed into 'e' and on using 'hi' suffix in the Verbs, a of 'a'-ending Verbs is changed into 'i'. In the Conjugation of Verbs in the Future Tense, the suffixes of the Present Tense are used in the abovementioned way.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #60

Lesson 21
Pronoun - Singular Non- 'a'-ending Verbs ie å, o etc ending Verbs Haum = 1
So - He (Masculine) Tuhum - You
Så = She (Feminine)
Intransitive Verbs
Thả = To stay,
Ņha = To bathe
Ho: To become
Future Tense
Haum
Thåsaum/Thàsami)
= I shall stay.
- I shall bathe.
= I shall become.
| Thahịum/Thahimi Haum Nhásauṁ/Ņhasamil
Nhihium/Nhahimi Hauṁ Hosauṁ/Hosami/
Hohium/Hohimi Tuhum Thasahi/Thàsasi/
Thahihi/Thihisi Tuhum Nhasahi/Nhisasi/
Nhähihi/Ņhāhisi Tuhum Hosahi/Hosasi/
Hohihi/Hohisi
= You will stay.
- You will bathe.
- You will become.
Thåsai/Thahii
Thåsai/Thahii Nhāsai/Nhähii Nhằsai/Nhihii
- He will stay. - She will stay. = He will bathe. - She will bathe. - He will become. - She will become.
Hosai/Hohii
Hosai/Hohii
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
37

Page #61

1.
2.
3.
4.
38
First Person Singular
You
Second Person Singular
So He (Masculine)
Third Person
}
Så She (Feminine)
Singular
In the First, Second and Third Person Singular of the Future Tense 'sa' and 'hi' suffixes are used in the Verbs. After this, suffixes of the Persent Tense are added to the Verbs in the abovementioned manner.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
Haum = 1
Tuhum

Personal Pronouns

Singular
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #62

Amhe
Amhaim
}
= We both/We all
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa To laugh,
Rūsa = To sulk,
Jiva To live
Amhe
Amhe
Hasesahum/Hasesamo/
Hasesamu/Hasesama/
Amhaim Hasihihum/Hasihimo/
Hasihimu/Hasihima
Lesson 22
Pronoun
Amhe
Sayesahum/Sayesamo/ Sayesamu/Sayesama
Amhaim Sayihihum/Sayihimo/
Sayihimu/Sayihima
Amhe
First Person Plural Number
Saya = To sleep,
Lukka To hide,
=
Naccesahum/Naccesamo/
Naccesamu/Naccesama
Amhaim Naccihihum/Naccihimo/
Naccihimu/Naccihima
Rūsesahum/Rusesamo/
Rüsesamu/Rūsesama
Amhaim Rüsihihum/Rūsihimo/
Rusihimu/Rūsihima
Amhe
Future Tense

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Nacca To dance, Jagga To wake up,
=

- We both shall laugh. = We all shall laugh.
Lukkesahum/Lukkesamo/
Lukkesamu/Lukkesama
- We both shall hide.
Amhaim Lukkihihum/Lukkihimo/ = We all shall hide.
Lukkihimu/Lukkihima
- We both shall sleep. We all shall sleep.
We both shall dance.
= We all shall dance.
= We both shall sulk. = We all shall sulk.
39

Page #63

1.
2.
3.
4.
40
Amhe
Jaggesahum/Jaggesamo/
Jaggesamu/Jaggesama
Amhaim Jaggihihum/Jaggihimo/
Amhe
Amhaim
Jaggihimu/Jaggihima
Jivesahum/Jivesamo/
Jivesamu/Jivesama
Jivihihum/Jivihimo/ Jivihimu/Jivihima

= We both shall wake up. = We all shall wake up.
= We both shall live.
= We all shall live.
Amhe
Amhaim
In the First Person Plural of the Future Tense 'sa' and 'hi' suffixes are added to the Verbs. After this, the First Person Plural suffixes (hum, mo, mu and ma) of the Present Tense are added. On using 'sa' suffix in the Verbs, the a of a- ending Verbs is changed into 'e'- and on using 'hi' suffix in the Verbs, the a of 'a'- ending Verbs is changed into 'i'. For Conjugating the Future Tense, the suffixes of the Present Tense are used in the above manner.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the subjects, Amhe/Amhaim are of the First Person Plural, so the Verb is also of the First Person Plural Number.
}:
We both/We all, First Person Plural Number (Personal Pronoun)

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #64

}
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Intransitive Verbs
- You Both/You all
Hasa To laugh,
=
Rūsa To sulk,
Jiva To live
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Lesson 23
Pronoun

Saya To sleep,
=
Lukka = To hide,
-
Future Tense
Hasesaitthä
Hasesahu/Hasesaha/ - You both will laugh.
Hasihihu/Hasihiha/
Hasihitthä
Second Person Plural Number
Sayesaitthä
Sayihihu/Sayihiha/
Sayihitthä
Naccesaitthä
Sayesahu/Sayesaha/ - You both will sleep.
Naccihihu/Naccihiha/
Naccihitthä
Rūsesaitthā
Nacca To dance,
Jagga To wake up,
Naccesahu/Naccesaha/ You both will dance.
Rusihihu/Rusihiha/
Rūsihitthå
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
=

=
-
-
Rüsesahu/Rūsesaha/ = You both will sulk.
You all will laugh.
You all will sleep.
=
= You all will dance.
You all will sulk.
41

Page #65

1
2.
3.
4.
42
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Lukkesahu/Lukkesaha/ = You both will hide.
=

Lukkesaittha
Lukkihihu/Lukkihiha/
Lukkihitthä
Jaggihitthä
Jivesahu/Jivesaha/
Jaggesahu/Jaggesaha/ You both will wake up.
Jaggesaitthä
Jaggihihu/Jaggihiha/
Jivesaitthä
Jivihihu/Jivihiha/
Jivihitthä
=
You all will hide.
You both /You all Second Person Plural Number
(Personal Pronoun)
In the Second Person Plural of the Future Tense, 'sa' and 'hi' suffixes are added to the Verbs, After this, the Second Person Plural suffixes (hu, ha, ittha) of the Present Tense are added. On using 'sa' suffix in the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'e'-and in using 'hi' suffix in the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'i'. In the use of 'itha' suffix the inflexion is :sa+ittha = saitthã, hi+ittha = hittha. For conjugating the Future Tense, the suffixes of the Present Tense are used in the above
- You all will wake up.

= You both will live.
- You all will live.
manner.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the subjects, Tumhe/Tumhaim are of the Second Person Plural, so, the Verb is also of the Second Person Plural Number.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #66

Lesson 24
Pronoun Te: They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Third Person Plural Tā - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine)
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Rusa = To sulk, Jiva - To live
Saya : To sleep, Lukka - To hide,
Ņacca : To dance, Jagga - To wake up,
Future Tense
Te
Hasesahim/Hasesanti/
= They both will laugh.
Hasesante/Hasesaire
Hasihihim/Hasihinti/
= They all will laugh.
Hasihinte/Hasihiire
Hasesahim/Hasesanti/
- They both will laugh.
Hasesante/Hasesaire
Hasihihim/Hasibinti/
• They all will laugh.
- They both will sleep.
• They all will sleep.
Hasihinte/Hasihiire Sayesahim/Sayesanti/ Sayesante/Sayesaire Sayihihim/Sayihinti/ Sayihinte/Sayihjire Sayesahim/Sayesanti/ Sayesante/Sayesaire Sayihihis/Sayihinti/ Sayihinte/Sayihiire
та
- They both will sleep.
• They all will sleep.
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
43

Page #67

44
Te
Tå
Te
Tä
Te
Tā

Naccesahim/Naccesanti/
Naccesante/Naccesaire
Naccihihim/Naccihinti/
Naccihinte/Naccihiire
Naccesahim/Naccesanti/
Naccesante/Naccesaire
Naccihihim/Naccihinti/
Naccihinte/Naccihiire
Rūsesahim/Rusesanti/
Rūsesante/Rusesaire
Rusihihim/Rusihinti/
Rūsihinte/Rūsihiire
Rūsesahim/Rusesanti/
Rüsesante/Rüsesaire
Rusihihim/Rusihinti/
Rūsihinte/Rusihiire
Lukkesahim/Lukkesanti/
Lukkesante/Lukkesaire
Lukkihihim/Lukkihinti/
Lukkihinte/Lukkihiire Lukkesahim/Lukkesanti/
Lukkesante/Lukkesaire
Lukkihihim/Lukkihinti/ Lukkihinte/Lukkihiire
-They both will dance.

=
-They both will dance.
=
- They all will dance.
=
- They both will sulk.
=
They all will dance.
=
= They both will sulk.
=
They all will sulk.
=
-They both will hide.
They all will sulk.
They all will hide.
They both will hide.
=
- They all will hide.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Compositior

Page #68

- They both will wake up.
Jaggesahiņ/Jaggesanti/ Jaggesante/Jaggesaire
Jaggihihim/Jaggibinti/
- They all will wake up.
Ta
- They both will wake up.
Jaggihinte/Jaggihjire Jaggesahim/Jaggesanti/ Jaggesante/Jaggesaire Jaggihihim/Jaggihinti/
- They all will wake up.
Jaggihinte/Jaggihiire
Te
Jivesabiņ/Jivesanti/
= They both will live.
Jivesante/Jivesaire
Jivihihim/Jivihinti/
= They all will live.
Jivibinte/Jivihiire
Ta
Jivesahiņ/Jivesanti/
= They both will live.
Jivesante/Jivesaire
Jivihihim/jivihinti/
• They all will live.
Jivihinte/ Jivihiire
Te : They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Third Person Ta = They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) S Plural In the Third Person Plural of the Future Tense, 'sa' and 'hi' suffixes are added to the Verbs, After this the Third Person Plural suffixes (him, nti, nte and ire) of the Present Tense are added. On using 'sa' suffix in the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into 'e'- and on using 'hi' suffix in the Verbs the a of a-ending Verbs is changed into i. For Conjugating the Future Tense, the suffixes of the Present Tense are used in the above manner. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. Here the subjects Te/Tă are of the Third Person Plural, so, the verb is of the Third Person Plural Number.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
45

Page #69

Lesson 25
Pronoun - Plural Non-'a'-ending Verbs ie a, o etc ending Verbs
Amhe
W
e both/We all
Tumhe
}You both/You all
Amhaims
Tumhaim Te - They both (Masculine)/They all (Masculine) Ta - They both (Feminine)/They all (Feminine) Intransitive Verbs
Țha - To stay Ņha = To bathe Ho : To become
Future Tense
Amhe
Thâsahuṁ/Thàsamol = We both shall stay. Thāsamu/Thåsama Thähihur/Thāhimol = We all shall stay.
Amhaim
Thahimu/Thāhima
Amhe
Nhásahur/Nhåsamol = We both shall bathe.
Amhaim
Nhasamu/Nhisama Nhähihum/Nhāhimol - We all shall bathe. Nhähimu/Nhåhima
Amhe
Weboth shall become.
Hosahus/Hosamo/ Hosamu/Hosama Hohihum/Hohimol Hohimu/Hohima
Amhaim
= We all shall become.
46
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #70

Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Tumhe
Tumhaim
Te
Tä
Thāsahu/Thāsaha/

Thāsaitthå
Thahihu/Thāhiha/
Thähittha
Nhãsahu/Nhāsaha/
Nhāsaittha
Nhahihu/Nhahiha/
Nhāhitthā
Hosahu/Hosaha/
Hosaitthä
Hohihu/Hohiha/
Hohitthå
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
=
=
=
You both shall stay.
You all shall stay.
= You both shall bathe.
You all shall bathe.
-You both shall become.
- You all shall become.
Thāsahim/Thasanti/
Thasante/Thàsaire
Thahihim/Thahinti/ = They all will stay.
Thahinte/Thähiire
Thasahim/Thåsanti = They both will stay.
Thasante/Thāsaire
Thahihim/Thahinti/
Thahinte/Thähiire
They both will stay.

They all will stay.
47

Page #71

Te
Nhàsahim/Nhàsanti/
= They both will bathe.
Nhắsante/Nhasaire
Ta
Nhāhihim/Nhāhinti) = They all will bathe. Nhahinte/Nhahiire Nhásahim/Nhàsanti/ = They both will bathe. Nhàsante/Nhásaire Nhāhihim/Nhähinti) = They all will bathe.
Nháhinte/Ņhāhiire
Hosahim/Hosanti/
- They both will become.
Hosante/Hosaire
Hohihim/Hohinti)
= They all will become.
Höhinte/Hohiire
Tä
Hosahim/Hosanti/
= They both will become.
Hosante/Hosaire
Hohihim/Hohinti/
= They all will become.
Hohinte/Hohiire
Amhe
We both/We all,
First Person plural Number
Amhair Tumhe Tumhaim -
You both/You all, Second Person Plural Number
Personal Pronoun Plural
Tea
They both (Masculine)/ They all (Masculine) (Third Person They both (Feminine)/ ( Plural Number
Tä:
They all (Feminine)
48
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #72

2.
3.
4.
Suffixes of Future Tense (Lesson 17 to 25)
Singular
saum, hium
⚫ sami, himi
First Person
Second Person sahi, hihi
sasi, hisi
sase hise
sai, hii
sae, hie
Third Person
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these sentences Person and Number of the Verbs agree with the Subject.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Plural
sahum, hihum
samo, himo
samu, himu
sama, hima
sahu, hihu
saha, hiha
saittha, hitthä (Hi+ittha)
sahim, hihim
santi, hinti
sante, hinte
saire, hiire

49

Page #73

Lesson 26 Exercises
1.
2.
Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa: (1) We shall embarrass. (2) You will weep. (3) We all shall leap. (4) I shall play. (5) He will jump. (6) They will fight. (7) You all will faint. (8) We both shall go round. (9) You both will sit. (10) We shall get up. (11) They will flounder. (12) You will tire. (13) He will rejoice. (14) We all will endeavour. (15) You will die. (16) You both will quarrel. (17) He will weep. (18) I shall fall. (19) She will get up. (20) You will play. (21) We all will clash. (22) We shall flounder. (23) You all will jump. (24) They will go round. (25) You all will leap. (26) We shall fear. (27) They will rejoice. Translate the following sentences into Apabhramśa : (1) I tremble. (2) You should fight. (3). He will tire. (4) We all fear. (5) I may jump. (6) You both will leap. (7) You fall. (8) Let him clash. (9) I shall get up. (10) You endeavour. (11) They should sit. (12) We shall rejoice. (13) I weep. (14) You may get up.(15) They will die. (16) He jumps. (17) Let us leap. (18) I shall go round. (19) They tire. (20) We should play. (21) She will tremble. (22) She fears. (23) Let him fight. (24) They will embarrass. (25) They get up. (26) You both should endeavour. (27) You all will jump. Fill each blank in the following sentences with an appropriate Pronoun. (1) ........... thakkami. (2) ........... darahuṁ. (3) ........... padamo. (4) .......... utthi. (5) ........... kalahahi. (6) ........ ghumaha. (7) .......... acche. (8) .......... muccha. (9) .......... bhidamu. (10) .......... kullau. (11) .......... jujjhauń. (12) .......... ujjamantu. (13) ......... kampasi. (14).......... ullasei. (15) .......... ucсhalahu. (16) .......... hasesami. (17) .......... utthesahuṁ. (18) .......... kullesahu. (19) ........... maresahim. (20) .......... maresanti. (21) ......... khelihisi. (22) .......... lajjihium. (23) .......... ruvihiha.
50
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #74

(24) ......... jujjhesami. (25) .......... lajjesaitthà. (26) .......... marihimo. (27) .......... marihimu. (28) ......... kampihinti. (29) .......... mucchihinti. (30) .......... ullasaum. Fill each blank in the following sentences as directed. (1) Haum
(kulla - in the Present Tense.) (2) Amhe ................... (khela - in the Future Tense.) (3) Amhaim ..................... (jujjha - in the Present Tense.) (4) Tumhe
..... (uttha - in the Imperative.) (5) Tuhus
(accha - in the Future Tense.) (6) Te
..... (muccha - in the Present Tense.) (7) So
(ruva - in the Imperative.) (8) Ta
(dara - in the Imperative.) (9) Tuhum ................... (ullasa - in the Imperative.) (10) Sa
...... (lajja - in the Future Tense)
.................... (dar
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
51

Page #75

Intransitive Verbs
Hasa To laugh, Nacca To dance,
Suffixes of the
Absolutive
i
52
iu
Lesson 27
Absolutive
(An action completed at some past time)
ivi
avi
eppi
evi
Hasi=
Nacci=
Lukki=
Having laughed Having danced Having hided Hasiu: Nacciu= Lukkiu= Having laughed Having danced Having hided Hasivi= Naccivi= Lukkivi: Having laughed Having danced Having hided Hasavi Naccavi= Lukkavi: Having laughed Having danced Having hided Haseppi: Nacceppi= Lukkeppi=
Having laughed Having danced Having hided eppiņu Haseppiņu= Nacceppiņu Lukkeppiņu: Having laughed Having danced Having hided Hasevi: Naccevi= Lukkevi Having laughed Having danced Having hided Haseviņu Nacceviņu= Lukkeviņu
Having laughed Having danced Having hided
eviņu
The use in sentences
Haum
Hasa

=
Nacca
Lukka To hide.
=
Hasi/Hasiu/Hasivi/Hasavi/Haseppi/ Haseppiņu/Hasevi/Haseviņu
Lukka
Jivaum - Having laughed, I live.
=

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #76

Haur
Haur
Tuhuṁ
Hasi/Hasiu/Hasivi/Hasavi/Haseppi/ Haseppiņu/Hasevi/Haseviņu
Jivamu = Having laughed, I should live. Hasi/Hasiu/Hasivi/Hasavi/Haseppi/ Haseppiņu/Hasevi/Haseviņu
Jivesauṁ - Having laughed, I shall live. Ņacci/Nacciu/Ņaccivi/Ņaccavi/Ņacceppi/ Ņacceppiņu/Ņaccevi/Ņacceviņu
Thakkahi - Having danced, You tire. Ņacci/Nacciu/Ņccivi/Ņccavi/Ņacceppi/ Ņacceppiņu/Ņaccevi/Ņacceviņu
Thakkahi - Having danced, You may tire Ņacci/Ņacciu/Ņaccivi/Ņaccavi/Ņacceppi/ Ņacceppiņu/Ņaccevi/Ņacceviņu
Thakkesahi - Having danced, You will tire
Tuhum
Tuhuń
In this way make sentences by using other Personal Pronouns.
Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa by using the suffixes of the Absolutives :
(1) Having wept, he sleeps. (2) Having embarrassed, she gets up. (3) Having fallen, they get up. (4) Having tired, you all should sit (5) Having played, we rejoice. (6) Having got up. we shall sit. (7) Having jumped, they will sit. (8) Having played, you should rejoice. (9) Having sulked, they hide. (10) Having gone round, she will rejoice.
1.
For expressing the purport of 'having laughed', 'having slept', 'having waken up' the above-mentioned suffixes are used in Apabhramśa. After adding the above suffixes to the Verbs, the words so formed are known as Absolutives. When the Subject, after completing one action, does the other, the Absolutive is
Apabhrarśa Grammar and Composition
53

Page #77

used for the prior action completed. Here the Absolutive signifying word and the simple Verb, both are related to the Subject. (having laughed, he sleeps). Here 'laughed' and 'sleeps' are related to the Subject 'he'. The Absolutives are Indeclinable. Therefore, there is no inflection in them. All the above suffixes are used in the Intransitive Verbs. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
54
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #78

Lesson 28
Infinitive
Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Ņacca - To dance
Suffixes of the Hasa
Nacca Infinitive evam Hasevam : For laughing Ņaccevaṁ - For dancing or to laugh
or to dance ana Hasaņa - For laughing Ņaccaņa - For dancing or to laugh
or to dance anahaṁ Hasaņahaṁ - For laughing Ņaccaņaham = For dancing or to laugh
or to dance anahim Hasaņahim - For laughing Ņaccaņahim - For dancing or to laugh
or to dance eppi Haseppi : For laughing Ņacceppi : For dancing or to laugh
or to dance eppiņu Haseppiņu = For laughing Ņacceppiņu = For dancing or to laugh
or to dance Hasevi : For laughing
Ņaccevi : For dancing or to laugh
or to dance eviņu Haseviņu = For laughing Ņacceviņu = For dancing or to laugh
or to dance
evi
The use in sentences Haum Hasevam/Hasaņa/Hasaņaham/Hasanahim/ Haseppi/Haseppiņu/Hasevi/Haseviņu
Jivauṁ = I live for laughing. Hauí Hasevam/Hasaņa/Hasaņaham/Hasaņahim/ Haseppi/Haseppiņu/Hasevi/Haseviņu
Jivamu = I should live to laugh. Hauṁ Hasevam/Hasaņa/Hasaņaham/Hasaņahim/ Haseppi/Haseppiņu/Hasevi/Haseviņu
Jivesauṁ = I shall live to laugh.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
55

Page #79

1.
2.
3.
4.
Tuhum
56
Utthahi = You get up to dance.
Tuhum Naccevam/Naccana/Naccanaham/Naccaṇahim/
Nacceppi/Nacceppiņu/Naccevi/Nacceviņu
Tuhum
Naccevam/Naccaṇa/Naccaṇahaṁ/Naccaṇahiṁ/ Nacceppi/Nacceppiņu/Naccevi/Nacceviņu
Likewise make sentences by using other Personal Pronouns. Translate the following sentences into Apabhramśa by using Infinitive suffixes:
Utthu You should get up to dance.
Naccevam/Naccana/Naccanaham/Naccaṇahim/
Nacceppi/Nacceppiņu/Naccevi/Nacceviņu
Utthesahi = You will get up to dance.
(1) He dances to tire.
(2) She falls to sit.
(3) They hide to fight.
(4) You all should sit for getting up.

(5) We shall go round to play.
(6) Both of you should live to rejoice.
(7) They should tire to sleep.
(8) He should endeavour to wake up.
(9) They will get up to dance.
(10) They will get up to leap.
For expressing the purport of 'for laughing', or 'to laugh' 'for dacing' or 'to dance', 'for living' or 'to live' etc., the above-mentioned suffixes are used in Apabhramsa. The words which are formed by adding these suffixes to the Verbs are called Infinitives. These words are Indeclinable. Therefore, these are not inflected.
The last suffixes (eppi, eppiņu, evi, eviņu) of the Infinitive are similar to the Absolutives. Meaning will depend on the context. All the above-mentioned suffixes are used in the Intransitive Verbs. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #80

Lesson 29 Nouns and Verbs
(1) a-ending Nouns (Masculine)
Karaha - Camel
Rayaņa - Jewel Kukkura - Dog
Sayara - Ocean Gantha - Book
Raya - Monarch Jaņera - Father
Narinda - King Putta - Son
Bålaa - Child Potta - Grandson
Dujjasa - Disgrace Ghara - House
Haņuvanta - Hanumana Maula - Maternal Uncle Gavva - Pride Piảmaha = Paternal Grandfather Huavaha - Fire Sasura = Father-in-law Mārua = Wind Diara - Husband's younger brother Pada - Cloth Ņara - Human being
Kayanta - Death Paramesara - God
Divayara - Sun Rahunandaņa - Rāma
Rakkhasa - Demon Vaya - Vow
Siha - Lion Agama - Scripture
Dukkha - Suffering Sappa - Serpent
Mitta - Friend Bhava - World
Duha : Grief Kuva - Well
Bappa - Father Meha - Cloud
Salila : Water Gama - Village
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
57

Page #81

(2) Intransitive Verbs
Gala - To vanish
Nijjhara - To trickle, to drop Khaya - To end, to disappear Soha = To shine Jala - To burn
Sukka - To dry up Ludha - To fall down
Pasara - To spread Ho - To become, to exist Dula - To move about Hu : To become, to exist Dukkha : To ache Uppajja - To be born
Pala = To run away Vala - To turn
Baisa : To sit Jara - To grow old
Bukka : To bark Gajja = To roar, To thunder Tutta = To break Uga - To rise, to sprout, to grow Kanda = To weep Udda = To fly
Harisa = To rejoice Nassa - To disappear
All the above Nouns are a-ending Masculine.
All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
58
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #82

Narinda King
Lesson 30
a-ending Nouns (Masculine)
Nominative Singular
-
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa To laugh
Nominative Case
(Singular)
Narindu
Narindo Hasai/Hasei/Hasae
Narinda
Narinda
Bälau
Bālao Jaggai/Jaggei/Jaggae
Bälaa
Bālaā
Nominative Case
(Singular)
Narindu
Narindo Hasau/Haseu
Narinda
Narinda
Bālau
Bālao Jaggau/Jaggeu
Bålaa
Bālaā

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Bålaa = Child
Jagga To wake up
=
Present Tense
(Singular)
The king laughs.
The child wakes up.
Imperative (Singular)
- The king should laugh.

= The child should wake up.
59

Page #83

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
60
Nominative Case
(Singular)
Narindu'
Narindo Hasesai/Hasesae
Narinda Hasihii/Hasihie
Narindā
Balau
Bålao Jaggesai/Jaggesae Jaggihii/Jaggihie
Bälaa
Bālaä
Future Tense
(Singular)
- The king will laugh.
- The child will wake up.
Narindu/Narindo/Narinda/Narinda = Nominative Case Singular (a-ending Masculine)
In the a-ending Masculine, 'Narinda', 'u', 'o', 'zero' and 'zero→ȧ suffixes are used in the Nominative Case Singular.

All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, Subject (Person, Thing etc) is used in the Nominative Case.
All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive.
The Verbal form which is used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the 'Third Person Singular Number'.
With Nouns used in the Nominative Case, the verb used is of the 'Third Person Pronoun'. Here Noun is in the Singular Number, therefore, Verb is also of the Singular Number.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #84

Lesson 31 a-ending Nouns (Masculine)
Nominative Plural Narinda = King
Balaa : Child
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh
Jagga : To wake up
Nominative Case (Plural) Narinda Hasahim/Hasanti/ Narinda Hasante/Hasire
Present Tense (Plural) - Kings laugh.
Children wake up.
Balaa Balaã
Jaggahiņ/Jagganti/ Jaggantel Jaggire
Nominative Case
Imperative (Plural)
(Plural)
Narinda
Hasantu/Hasentu
- Kings should laugh.
Narinda
Balaa Balaa
Jaggantu/Jaggentu vagga
- Children may wake up.
Future Tense (Plural)
Nominative Case (Plural) Narinda Hasesahim/Hasesanti Narinda Hasihihim/Hasihinti
= Kings will laugh.
Bālaa Balaã
Jaggesahiņ/Jaggesanti Jaggihihir/Jaggibinti - Children will wake up.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
61

Page #85

ini m
Narinda/Narinda - Nominative Case Plural (a-ending Masculine) In the Nominative Plural 'zero', 'zero-á suffixes are used. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice the subject (Person, thing etc) is in the Nominative Case. The Verbal form which is used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the Third Person Plural. With the Noun in the Active Voice, the Verb used is of the ‘Third Person Pronoun'. Here the Noun is Plural, therefore the Verb is also of the Plural Number.
w
6.
All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive.
62
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition

Page #86

Lesson 32
Exercises Translate the following sentences into Apabhramsa:(A) - (1) Clouds thunder. (2) The cloth dries. (3) The jewel shines. (4) Disgrace spreads. (5) The fire burns. (6) Father gets up. (7) The book vanishes. (8) The friend endeavours. (9) Raghunandana (Rama) rejoices. (10) The dog barks. (11) Son trembles. (12) The house falls. (13) Human beings (man) grow old. (14) Pride vanishes. (15) Grandfather tires. (16) Vows shine. (17) Camels dance. (18) The sun rises. (19) Demons fear. (20) Lions sit. (B). (1) Let the maternal uncle get up. (2) Grandson should go round. (3) Pride should vanish. (4) Children should play. (5) Let the demons die. (6) Suffering should vanish. (7) Let the religious books shine. (8) Let the friend rejoice. (9) Let the ocean extend. (10) Let the son live. (C) - (1) The Fire will burn. (2) Religious books will disappear. (3) Serpents will fly. (4) Raghunandana will rejoice. (5) The world will vanish. (6) Demons will faint. (7) The child will sulk. (8) Human beings will endeavour. (9) Houses will fall. (10) The well will dry up. Correct the following sentencs which are in the Present Tense (Put the Verbal form according to the Subject). (1) Kukkuru bukkanti. (2) Gantho nassante. (3) Naru kandanti. (4) Dukkhu tuttanti. (5) Karaho thakkanti. (6) Māulu thakkahim. Correct the following sentences which are in the Imperative (Put the Verbal form according to the Subject). (1) Sasuro utthantu. (2) Diaru Naccantu. (3) Paramesaro harisentu. (4) Hanuvanto baisantu.(5) Sihu palāntu.(6) Kayanto hontu. Fill each blank in the following sentences as directed (Put the Verbal form according to the Subject). (1) Meha
....... (Pasara - in the Future Tense)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
63

Page #87

(2) Kuvā
..... (Sukka - in the Future Tense) (3) Sappu ............... .. (Lukka - in the Imperative) (4) Putta
.. (Jagga - in the Present Tense) (5) Gharo
. (Pada - in the Future Tense) (6). Huavaha
.. (Jala - in the Future Tense) (7) Agama
(Soha - in the Present Tense) (8) Bhava
... (Khaya - in the Future Tense) (9) Bappa
..... (Ujjama - in the Imperative) (10) Rakkhasa ............... .(Jujjha - in the Future Tense) Translate the following sentences into Apabhramśa :(A) - (1) Having feared, the dog weeps. (2) Having laughed, father lives. (3) Having rejoiced, the king gets up. (4) Having feared, the serpent runs away. (5) Having sulked, father-in-law clashes. (6) Having fallen, the jewel breaks. (7) Having waken up, father moves about.
(B) - (1) Father should live for laughing. (2) Grandson should get up for dancing. (3) The fire may burn to vanish. (4) Grandfather should get up to go round. (5) Water should trickle for drying up. (6) Having grieved, the friend quarrels. (7) The sun should rise for shining.
(C)-(1) Having quarrelled, son will embarrass. (2) The friend will live to rejoice. (3) The camel will dance for tiring. (4) Having fallen, the house will vanish. (5) Having broken, the vow will vanish. (6) Demons will jump for dying. (7) Having spread, water will dry up.
64
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #88

(1). a-ending Nouns (Neuter Gender)
Vimana = Aircraft
Sasana = Government
Patta = Paper
Sokkha Pleasure
Rajja Kingdom, State Poṭṭala Small bundle
Naha = Sky
Sila = Moral conduct Nayarajana Citizen
= Milk
=
=
Khira
Chikka Sneeze
Lakkuḍa Stick, wood
Udaga = Water
Gāņa = Song
Bhaya = Fear
Veragga Detachment
Sacca Truth
Ratta Blood
Maraṇa
= Death
Khetta Field
11

Lesson 33
Nouns and Verbs
=
=
Dhanna Rice
Dhana = Wealth
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Majja = Wine
Vasaṇa = Addiction
Jua Gambling
Asaṇa =
Food
Tiņa = Grass
= Forest Vaṇa Vattha Cloth
Kattha Wood Bhoyana Food Ghaya Clarified butter
Sira
Sutta
Suha
Rina
Bia = Seed
Jivana = Life
Rūpa
Kamma Action
Jovvana Youth
=
=1

=
=
=
Head
=
= Debt
=
=
Thread
Pleasure
Nāņa Knowledge
Mana
Mind
Beauty
=
65

Page #89

(2). Intransitive Verbs
Cettha - To endeavour Guñja = To roar Sijjha = To succeed Ucchaha = To enthuse
Cukka : To mistake
Vaddha - To increase Viasa = To bloom, to blossom Lotta - To sleep, To roll about Cua - To drop Kudda = To jump Jamma = To be born Jagada = To quarrel Jagara - To wake up Vijja - To be present Khijja - To grieve Cittha = To stay, to sit
Lobha - To covet Kila = To sport Kila - To be enchanted Ghața - To decrease Ciráva = To delay Tava - To shine like flame,
To mortify Vasa = To reside
Chutta - Fo separate,
To be free Hava - To become Rama - To wander happily
Phura = To appear,
To manifest
All the above Nouns are a-ending Neuter. All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
2.
66
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #90

Kamala
Lesson 34
a-ending Nouns (Neuter)
Nominative Singular
Intransitive Verbs
Lotus flower,
Viasa = To blossom,
Nominative Case
(Singular)
Kamalu
Kamala
Kamalā
Dhanu
Dhana
Dhaṇā
Dhanu
Dhana
Dhaṇā Vaddhae
Nominative Case
(Singular)
Kamalu
Kamala Viasau/Viaseu
Kamalā

Vaddhai/Vaddhei/
Viasai/Viasei/Viasae = The lotus flower blossoms.
Vaddhau/Vaddheu
Nominative Case
(Singular)
Kamalu
Kamala
Kamalā
Viasesai/Viasesae Viasihii/Viasihie
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Dhana Wealth
=
Vaddha = To increase
Present Tense
(Singular)
The wealth increases.
Imperative
(Singular)
- The lotus flower may blossom.
= The wealth may increase.
Future Tense (Singular)
= The lotus flower will blossom.

67

Page #91

Dhanu
Dhana Dhana
Vaddhesai/ Vaddnesae : The wealth will increase. Vaddhihii/Vaddhibie
1.
Kamalu/Kamala/Kamala - Nominative Case Singular
(a-ending Neuter) In the Nominative Singular of a-ending Neuter Noun ‘Kamala' 'u', zero, zero-å suffixes are used. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice the subject is in the Nominative Case. All the above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. The Verbal form used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the Third Person Singular Number. With the Nouns in the Active Voice, the Verb used is of the 'Third Person Pronoun', here the Noun is Singular, therefore, the Verb is also of the Singular Number.
68
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #92

Lesson 35 a-ending Nouns (Neuter)
Nominative Plural Kamala - Lotus flower, Dhana - Wealth Intransitive Verbs
Viasa - To blossom, To bloom Vaddha = To increase
Present Tense (Plural Number)
Nominative Case (Plural Number) Kamalai Kamalaim
Viasahim/Viasanti/ Kamala
Viasante/ Viasire Kamala
• The lotus flowers
blossom.
Dhanaim Dhaņāim Dhana
Vaddhahim/Vaddhanti/ - Wealths increase. Vaddhante/Vaddhire
Dhana
Imperative (Plural Number)
Nominative Case (Plural Number) Kamalai Kamalaim Kamala Kamala
Viasantu/Viasentu
: Lotus flowers may
blossom.
Dhanaim Dhaņaim
Vaddhantu/Vaddhentu = Wealths may
increase.
Dhana
Dhana
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
69

Page #93

Nominative Case
Future Tense (Plural Number)
(Plural Number) Kamalair Kamaläirn Viasesahim/Viasesanti/ = Lotus flowers will Kamala
Viasihihim/Viasihinti bloom.
Kamalā
Dhanaim Dhanāim
= Wealths will
Vaddhesahim/ Vaddhesanti/ Vaddhihihim/ Vaddhihinti
Dhana
increase.
Dhana
1.
-
Kamalais/Kamalāim/ : Nominative Case Plural Kamala/Kamala
(a-ending Neuter) In the Nominative Plural of a-ending Neuter Noun 'Kamala’ ‘im', im-ăim, zero and zero-ă suffixes are used. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, the Subject is in the Nominative Case.
m
All the above mentioned verbs are Intransitive.
d w
The Verbal form used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the Third Person Plural Number. With the Nouns in the Active Voice, the Verb used is of the Third Person Pronoun. Here the Noun is Plural, therefore, the Verb is also of the Plural Number
o
70
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #94

Lesson 36
Exercises Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa :
(A) • (1) Pleasure increases. (2) Milk drops. (3) Citizens rejoice. (4) The small bundle falls down. (5) Youth blosooms. (6) The state mistakes. (7) The sky thunders. (8) The moral conduct appears. (9) Grass burns. (10) The debt increases.
(B). (1) Detachment should increase. (2) Pain should decrease. (3) The state should endeavour. (4) Knowledge should succeed. (5) The government should fear. (6) The moral conduct should shine. (7) The wealth should decrease. (8) The small bundle should fall down. (9) Truth should blossom.(10) Water should drop
(C). (1) Citizens will sleep. (2) Beauty will bloom. (3) The government will endeavour. (4) Seeds will sprout. (5) The wood will burn. (6) The state will enthuse. (7) Karmas will vanish. (8) Suffering will spread. (9) Aircrafts will fly. (10) Truth will shine.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
71

Page #95

(1) ȧ-ending Nouns (Feminine)
12424
72
Lesson 37
Nouns and Verbs
Parikkha
Siyä = Sitä
Suyȧ = Daughter
Sasă = Sister
Mäyä = Mother
Vaya = Speech
Āṇā = Order
Kamala = Wealth
Karuna = Compassion
Ganga = Ganges
Jara = Old age
Taṇaya - Daughter
=
Nammaya Naramadā
Kahȧ = Story
Jaunā = Yamunȧ
Jää = Wife
Saddha Faith
Mehȧ = Intelligence
-
Sanjha = Evening
=

Examination Kannā
=
Bhukkha - Hunger
=
= Girl
Kalasiya = Small earthan water pot Guha Cave
Jhumpaḍā = Hut
Niddȧ = Sleep
Paitthȧ = Reputation
Pasamså Praise
Sikkha = Education
Soha Splendour
Mairȧ = Wine
Saria River
Ahiläsa = Desire
Gadḍā = Ditch, Pit Dhúa - Daughter
Naṇandā = Husband's sister
Mahila = Woman
Panņā = Wisdom
Tisa Thirst
=
Tanha = Desire
Nisa = Night
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #96

(2) Intransitive Verbs
Vama = To vomit
Chijja = To deteriorate Khumma - To be hungry Khasa = To cough Gadayaļa - To whine Biha - To fear Uvasama - To calm down
Ussasa = To breathe Lagga - To occur Uvavisa - To sit Utara - To come down Thambha - To stop, To halt
1.
All the above Nouns are á-ending Feminine. All the above Verbs are Intransitive.
V
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
73

Page #97

Lesson 38 å-ending Nouns (Feminine)
Nominative Singular
Sasa - Sister,
Maya - Mother
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh,
Jagga - To wake up
Nominative Case (Singular)
Present Tense (Singular)
Sasa
Hasai/Hasei/Hasae
= Sister laughs.
Sasa
Maya
s taggai/Jaggei/Jaggae - Mother wakes up.
Maya
Nominative Case (Singular) Sasă
Imperative (Singular)
Sasa
Hasau/Haseu
- Sister should laugh.
Maya
Māya Jaggau/Jaggeu
= Mother should wake up.
Future Tense
(Singular)
Nominative Case (Singular) Sasa Hasesai/Hasesae Sasa S Hasihii/Hasihie
- Sister will laugh.
Māyā Jaggesai/Jaggesae Māya S Jaggihii/Jaggihie
- Mother will wake up.
74
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #98

Sasă/Sasa = Nominative Case Singular Number (ā-ending Feminine) In the Nominative Singular a-ending Feminine Noun, Sasă, 'zero' and zero-short (-a) suffixes are used All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice, the Subject (Person, thing etc) is in the Nominative Case. All the above-mentioned Verbs are intransitive. The Verbal form used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the Third Person Singular Number. With the Noun in the Active Voice, the Verb used is of the 'Third Person Pronoun'. Here the Noun is Singular, therefore, the Verb is also of the Singular Number.
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
75

Page #99

Lesson 39 å-ending Nouns (Feminine Gender)
Nominative Plural Sasa - Sister,
Maya - Mother Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh,
Jagga - To wake up Nominative Case
Present Tense (Plural)
(Plural) Sasa
Sasa
- Sisters laugh.
Sasāu Sasau
Hasahim/Hasanti/ Hasante/Hasire
Sasão
= Mothers wake up.
Sasao Māya Maya Māyāu Jaggahim/Jagganti/ Mayau Jaggante/Jaggire Mayão Māyao) Nominative Case (Plural) Sasă Sasa Sasau Hasantu/Hasentu Sasau Sasão
Imperative (Plural)
= Sisters should laugh.
Sasao
Mothers should wake up.
Māyā Maya Māyāu | Jaggantu/Jaggentu Māyau Māyão Māyao
76
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #100

Nominative Case
Future Tense (Plural)
(Plural) Sasa Sasa 1 Hasesahim/Hasesanti/ Sasau Hasesante/Hasesaire/ - Sisters will laugh. Sasau Hasihihim/Hasihinti/ Sasão Hasihinte/Hasihiire Sasao Māyā Maya Jaggesahim/Jaggesanti/ Mayau Jaggesante Jaggesaire/ - Mothers will wake up. Māyau Jaggihihim/Jaggihinti/ Mayão Jaggihinte/Jaggihiire Māyao]
Sasă/Sasa/Sasàu/Sasau/Sasão/Sasao - Nominative Case Plural Number (ā-ending Feminine) In the Nominatve Plural of a-ending Feminine Noun 'zero', 'u', 'o' suffixes are used. By using these suffixes the å of a-ending words is also changed into ą, as, sasā, sasa, sasāu, sasau, sasão, sasao. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In the Active Voice the Subject (Person, thing etc) is in the Nominative Case. All the above-mentioned Verbs are intransitive. The Verbal form used with the above-mentioned Nouns is of the
Third Person Plural Number'. With the Noun in the Active Voice, the Verb used is of the ‘Third Person Pronoun'. Here the Noun is Plural, therefore, the Verb is also of the Plural Number.
Apabhrarśa Grammar and Composition
77

Page #101

Lesson 40
Exercises Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa :(A). (1) Sita shines.
(2) Sister deteriorates. (3) Mother rejoices.
(4) Speech tires. (5) The order appears. (6) The wealth decreases. (7) Compassion disappears. (8) The Ganges spreads. (9) Old age increases.
(10) Evening occurs. (11) Girls stop.
(12) Huts burn. (13) Small pitcher breaks. (14) Daughters cough. (15) Desires increase.
(16) Examinations occur. (17) Evening shines.
(18) Words succeed. (19) Rivers dry up.
(20) Women endeavour.
(B). (1) Faith should increase.
(2) Hunger should disappear. (3) The wine should end. (4) Daughter should rejoice. (5) Women should mortify. (6) Wisdom should succeed. (7) Desires should decrease. (8) (Types of) Speech should appear. (9) Women should enthuse. (10) Huts should decrease.
(C). (1) Education will spread. (3) Rivers will dry up. (5) The wealth will decrease. (7) Compassion will spread. (9) Girls will delay
(2) Desires will calm down. (4) Thirst will occur. (6) Examination will occur. (8) Caves will vanish. (10) Sisters will stay.
78
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #102

Lesson 41 Past Participle (Use in the Active Voice)
For expressing the purport of the Past Tense, the Past Participle is used in Apabhraṁsa. The Past Participles are formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. The Past Participles partake of the nature of an Adjective. When the suffixes of this participle are added to the Intransitive Verbs, it can be used in the Active Voice. The inflection of these will be according to the Subject. The subject may be in the Masculine, Neuter and Feminine Genders, therefore the inflection will be accordingly. In the Masculine Gender, the inflexion of the Past Participle will be according to the Masculine Noun 'Deva' and in the Neuter Gender, the inflexion will be according to 'Kamala' and in the Feminine Gender, the inflection will be according to Kahā'. The Past Participle is a-ending (in Masculine or Neuter Gender). For changing the Participle into Feminine Gender, the 'a' suffix of the Participle is changed into a. By this, the Participle becomes a-ending Feminine. (A) Verbs
Hasa : To laugh,
Nacca = To dance,
Jagga : To wake up.
Ho : To become or To exist.
Suffixes of
the Past Hasa
Ņacca
Jagga Ho Participle Hasia Naccia -
Jaggia - Hoa : Laughed Danced
Wake up Existed ya
Hasiya - Nacciya = Jaggiya - Hoya = Laughed Danced
Wake up Existed Note - After adding the Past Participle suffix to the Verb, the a of a - ending verbs is changed into i. The Past Participle ya suffix can be changed into 'a'. (1) Use in sentences (Subject Masculine) (Singular) (Active Voice)
Narindu) Narindo
Hasia/Hasia/Hasio/Hasiu = The King laughed. Narinda
Narinda
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
79

Page #103

(2)
Narindu
Narindo
Narinda
Narindā
Narinda
Narindå
(B) Verbs
Use in sentences (Subject Masculine) (Plural) (Active Voice)
Narinda
}
Narindå
80
Suffixes of
the Past
Participle
·
a
Vaddha To increase,
Hoa/Hou/Hoo/Hoa
ya
}
-
Hasia/Hasiǎ

Hoa/Hoà
Vaddha
Vadḍhia
increased
=
Vaddhiya
increased
Kamalu
Kamala > Hou/Hoa/Hoa
Kamalā
Viasa
Viasia =
bloomed
Viasiya
bloomed
= The King existed.
Viasa: To bloom, Ho: To exist
=
Hoya =
existed
Note
After adding the Past Participle suffix to the Verb, the a of a - ending verbs is changed into i. The Past Participle ya suffix can be changed into 'a'.
=
Kings laughed.
= Kings existed.

(1) Use in sentences (Subject Neuter Gender) (Singular) (Active Voice)
Kamalu
Kamala Viasiu/Viasia/Viasia
Kamalā
Ho
Hoa =
existed
: The lotus bloomed.
= The lotus existed.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #104

(2) Use in sentences (Subject Neuter Gender) (Plural) (Active Voice)
Kamala Kamală Viasia/Viasia/
- Lotuses bloomed. Kamalaim Viasiaim/Viasiäim Kamaläim)
Kamala Kamala
*Hoa/Hoa/Hoaim/Hoải Kamalaim Kamaläim)
- Lotuses existed.
Verbs
Uttha - To get up, Saya : To sleep. Thả = To stay Suffixes of the Past Uttha
Saya
Thá Participle
Utthia - got up Sayia = slept Thaa - Stayed. ya Utthiya - got up Sayiya - slept Thảya : stayed. Note - After adding the Past Participle suffix to the Verb, the a of a - ending verbs is changed into i. The Past Participle ya suffix can be changed into 'a'. (1) Use in sentences (Subject Feminine) (Singluar) (Active Voice)
Sasa)
: The Sister got up.
Sasa
Utthia/Otthia
Sasā Sasa
Thäă/shaa
: The Sister stayed.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
81

Page #105

(2)
Use in sentences (Subject Feminine) (Plural) (Active Voice)
Sasa Sasa Sasāu Utthia/Utthia/Utthiau/Utthiau = Sisters got up. Sasau/ Utthião/Utthiao Sasão Sasao
Sasa
- Sisters stayed.
Sasa Thai/Thậa/Thảâu/ Sasẫu | Thaau/Thảo/Thaao Sasau Sasão Sasao)
Note. Before using the Past Participle in the Feminine Gender, the Past
Participle is changed into Feminine Gender. For changing the Past Participle into Feminine Gender the a suffix is added, as, utthia-utthia, savia-savia, Thắa-Thái. By this the Past Participle becomes a-ending Feminine. The inflection of these will be according to “kahā'.
82
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #106

Lesson 42
Present Participle
For expressing the purport of 'laughing', 'sleeping, dancing' etc. the Present Participle is used in Apabhramsa. The Present Participles are formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. The Present Participle partakes of the nature of an Adjective. Therefore, their Genders (Masculine, Neuter and Feminine) Numbers (Singluar, Plural) and cases (Nominative, Accusative etc) are according to a Noun qualified by an adjective. In the Masculine Gender the inflexion of the Participle will be according to 'Deva', in the Neuter Gender, the inflexion will be according to 'Kamala' and in the Feminine Gender, the inflexion will be according to 'Kaha'. The Present Participle is a-ending (Masculine and Neuter), For changing the Participle into Feminine Gender å is added to the suffix of the Participle. By this, the Participle becomes à-ending Feminine.
(A)
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa To laugh, Nacca To dance, Jagga = To wake up.
Suffixes of
the Present
Participle
nta
Hasanta =
Laughing
Hasamāņa
Laughing
(1) Use in sentences :
maņa
Narindu
Narindo
Narinda
Narindā
Hasa

=
Nacca
Naccanta =
Jagganta =
Dancing
Waking up
Naccamāņa
Jaggamana =
Dancing
Waking up
(Noun qualified by an adjective ie Present Participle (Masculine, Singular Number, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses)
Hasantu/Hasanto
Hasanta/Hasantā
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Jagga
(Present Tense)
Utthai The Laughing king
gets up.

=
(Imperative)
Utthau = The Laughing king should get up.
83

Page #107

(Past Tense-Past Participle) Utthia - The Laughing king got up.
Hasamāņu/ Hasamano Hasamaņa/ Hasamana
(Future Tense) Vţthesai - The Laughing king
will get up.
1. Here inflexion of the Present Participle agrees with the qualified Noun ‘Narinda'. Here ‘Narinda' is in the Nominative Case therefore, the Participle is also in the Nominative Case. If the qualified Noun ‘Narinda' is inflected in the Accusative, Instrumental, Dative etc. cases, the Present Participle will be inflected accordingly. These cases will be dealt with later on.
2. For forming the Feminine Gender 'i' suffixes is also used, as ‘Hasanti', 'Hasamaņi'. Their inflexion will be according to the Feminine Gender Noun ‘lacchi'.i-ending terms will be dealt wilth later on.
(2) Use in sentences :
Narinda
Hasanta/
Hasanta
Noun qualified by an adjective ie Present Participle (Masculine, Plural, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses)
(Present Tense) Utthahim/ - Laughing kings get up. Utthanti/etc
(Imperative) Utthantu - Laughing kings
should get up. (Past Tense-Past Participle) Utthia) - Laughing kings Utthia
got up.
(Future Tense) Utthesahim) - Laughing kings will Utthesanti/etc get up.
Narinda
Hasama Hasamāņā
84
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #108

Intransitive Verbs
Vaddha = To increase Viasa = To bloom Suffixes of Present Vaddha
Viasa Participle
nta Vaddhanta = increasing Viasanta - blooming
māņa Vaddhamāņa = increasing Viasamāņa - blooming (1) Use in sentences- Noun qualified by an adjective ie
Present Participle (Neuter, Singular Number, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses)
(Present Tense) Kamalu Viasantu/ Sohai/etc = Blooming lotus shines. Viasanta/
(Imperative) Viasanta
Sohau - Blooming lotus may shine. Kamala
Viasamāņu/ 1 (Past Tense-Past Participle) Viasamana/ Sohia/etc - Blooming lotus shined. Viasa māna
(Future Tense) Kamala
Sohesai/etc = Blooming lotus
will shine.
(2) Use in sentences :: Noun qualified by an adjective ie
Present Participle (Neuter, Plural Number, Nominative case (In all the
Tenses) Kamala Viasanta/Viasanta/
(Present Tense) Viasantaiṁ/
Sohahiṁ/Sohanti/etc = Viasantăim/Viasamăna/ Blooming lotuses shine. Viasamanā/ Viasamanaim/ Viasamāņāim
Apabhraíśa Grammar and Composition
85

Page #109

. Kamala
Viasanta/Viasantā/
(Imperative) Viasantaiṁ/Viasantāim | Sohantu - Blooming lotuses Viasamāna/Viasamāna/
may shine. Viasamānaim/
Viasamanaim
Kamalai
Viasanta/Viasantā/ (Past Tense-Past Participle) Viasantaiṁ/Viasantaim Sohia/Sohiä/ - Blooming Viasamâna/Viasamănă/) Sohiaiṁ/ lotuses Viasamānaiṁ/
Sohiaim
shined. Viasamāņāim
Kamalaiṁ
Viasanta/Viasantā/
(Future Tense) Viasantaim/Viasantāim | Sohesanti/etc - Blooming Viasamana/Viasamánál
lotuses will shine. Viasamāņaim/ Viasamánāiń
(C) Intransitive Verbs Nacca - To dance
Saya = To sleep Suffixes of the Present Participle Nacca
Saya nta
Ņaccanta - Dancing Sayanta - Sleeping maņa
Ņaccamana - Dancing Sayamāņa - Sleeping (1) Use in sentences:- Noun qualified Feminine, Singular, by an adjective Nominative Case
(In all the Tenses) Note. First of all the Participle should be changed into Feminine Gen
der. For this add a-suffix (Ņaccantā, Sayantā, Naccamāņa, Sayamāņā). It will now be inflected according to 'Kahá'.
86
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #110

(Present Tense)
Thakkai/etc - The Dancing sister tires.
Ņaccanta/ Naccanta
Sasa
(Imperative)
Thakkau/etc - The Dancing sister
Ņaccamāņā/ Ņaccamāņa
should tire. (Past Tense-Past Participle) Thakkia/Thakkia - The Dancing sister
tired.
Sasa
(Future Tense)
Thakkesai/etc - The Dancing
sister will tire.
(2) Use in sentences:
Noun qualified by an adjective ie Present Participle (Feminine, Plural, Nominative Case (In all the Tenses)
Note. First of all the Participle should be changed into Feminine Gen
der. For this add a-suffix (Naccantă, Sayantă, Naccamāņā, Sayamāņā). It will now be inflected according to ‘Kaha'.
(Present Tense)
Thakkahim/etc - Dancing sisters tire. Sasa Ņaccantā/
(Imperative) Sasa
Naccanta/ Thakkantu - Dancing sisters may tire. Sasàu Ņaccantau/
(Past Tense-Past Participle) Sasau
Naccantau/ Thakkia/etc - Dancing sisters tired. Sasão Naccantão!
(Future Tense) Sasao Ņaccantao Thakkesahim/etc - Dancing sisters
will tire.
1. 2.
All the above verbs are Intransitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
87

Page #111

Lesson 43
Exercises Translate the following sentences into Apabhramśa :
(A)(1) The embarrassing son sits. (2) The barking dog runs away. (3) The suffering grandfather slept. (4) The endeavouring friend rejoiced. (5) The fearing child weeps. (6) Burning fire vanishes. (7) The trembling demons sit. (8) The spreading oceans will dry up. (9) The quarelling grandsons trembled. (10) Dancing camels tire. (11) The whining son sat. (12) The laughing man should live. (13) The rejoicing father should endeavour. (14) The floundering demon died. (15) The dropping water dried up.
(B). (1) Burning wood vanishes. (2) The coveting citizen lived. (3) Increasing detachment shines. (4) The flying aircraft fell down. (5) Fighting kingdoms vanish. (6) Increasing moral conduct blossoms.
88
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #112

(7) Mistaking government fears. (8) Succeeding truth will shine. (9) Vanishing karmas separate. (10) Falling down small bundles stopped.
(C). (1) The rejoicing daughter got up. (2) Increasing faith shines. (3) The calming down wife sleeps. (4) The enthusing mother sits. (5) The spreading Narmadá dried up. (6) Burning huts vanished. (7) Increasing reputation shines. (8) Grieving women go round. (9) The appearing speech succeeded.
(10) Burning grass vanished.
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
89

Page #113

Lesson 44
Past Participle (Use in the Impersonal form)
Nouns
Pronouns
a-ending Masculine Gender Narinda
Haum (Personal Pronoun - First Person, Nominative Singular)
Tuhum (Personal Pronoun Second Person, Nominative Singular)
a-ending Neuter Gender Kamala
ǎ-ending Feminine Gender Sasă
Intransitive Verbs
(1)
Hasa = To laugh,
Viasa = To bloom,
Narindeṇam
Narindem/Narindeṇa/ Hasia/Hasia/
Kamalem/Kamalena/
Kamalenam
Sasãe/Sasae
Maim
Paim/Taim
Tem/Tena/Tenam
Tãe/Tae
90

Hasiu
Jagga To wake up,
Vaddha To increase.
=
Neuter Gender Singular
Viasiu
Viasia/Viasiȧ/
So (Masculine),
Så (Feminine)
(Personal Pronoun
Third Person, Nominative Singular)
Jaggia/Jaggia/
Jaggiu
- The king laughed.
= The lotus bloomed.

- The Sister woke up.
Hasia/Hasiȧ/Hasiu = I laughed.
Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu
You laughed.
Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu =
He laughed.
Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu
= She laughed.
=
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #114

(2)
Neuter Gender Singular
Narindahim/
Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu
- Kings laughed.
Narindahim/ Narindehim Kamalahim/ Kamalāhim/ Kamalehir
Viasia/Viasia/
= Lotuses bloomed.
Viasiu
Sasa him/Sasahim
Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu
Amhehirn
Tumhehir
Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu
- Sisters laughed. = We laughed. - You laughed. = They laughed. = They (women)
laughed.
Tahir/Tähim/Tehim
Tahim/Tahim
Hasia/Hasia/Hasiu Hasia/Hasia/ Hasiu
1.
(A)
Narinder/Narindeņa/ (a-ending masculine genderNarindenam
Instrumental case singluar) Kamalem/Kamalena/ (a-ending neuter genderKamalenam
Instrumental case singular) Sasae/Sasae
(ā-ending Féminine-instru
mental case singular) Maim
(First Person Pronoun-Instrumental case singular (Masculine
Feminine) Paim/Taim
(Second Person PronounInstrumental case singular
(Masculine-Feminine) Ter/Tema/Tenar (Third Person Pronoun
Instrumental case singular
(Masculine) Tae/Tae
(Third Person PronounInstrumental case singular (Feminine)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
91

Page #115

Thus, for the consturction of Instrumental Singular from the a-ending, (Masculine and Neuter) Nouns. 'em', ‘ņa', and 'ņam' suffixes are added to them, and on adding ‘ņa’ andóņam', the a of a-ending nouns is changed into 'e' (Narinder/ Narindena/Narindeņam) (Kamalem/Kamalena/Kamalenam). In the Singular of a-ending Feminine Nouns 'e' suffix is added, and on adding 'e' suffix à is changed into 'a' also (Sasae/Sasae). The Third Person Pronoun, Instrumental Singular (Masculine) and the Third Person Pronoun, Instrumental Singular (Feminine) are inflected like a-ending Masculine and a-ending Feminine Nouns as above. The rest, First Person and Second Person Pronouns should be learnt in the above mentioned manner. (B) For the construction of Instrumental Plural of a-ending
Masculine and Neuter Nouns and a-ending Feminine Nouns. 'him' suffix is added to them. In adding 'him' suffixes the a of a-ending nouns is changed into 'e' and á also. (Narindahim/Narindehim/Narindāhim; Kamalahim/Kamalehim/Kamalähim). For the construction of Instrumental Plural of the First Person, Second Person and Third Person Pronoun also “him' suffix is added to them. In adding him to the three Personal pronouns 'a' is changed into 'e'and only in the Third Person Pronoun 'a' is changed into 'a' and 'a' is changed into 'a' also. (Amha-Amhehim, Tumha+Tumhehim, Ta- Tehim/Tahim/Tähim Ta-Tåhim/Tahim).
If the Verb is Intransitive, the Past Participle also takes the Impersonal Form. For changing the Past Participle into the Impersonal Form, the Subject is changed into the Instrumental Singular or Plural and the Participle will always be inflected in the Nonimative Case Neuter Gender Singular Number. All the above Verbs are Intransitive. This type of Impersonal form does not exist in English.
3.
92
Apabhrarsa Grammar and Composition

Page #116

Lesson 45
Exercise Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa :(1) Water dropped.
(2) Clouds thundered (3) The friend rejoiced. (4) Disreputation spread. (5) The oceans dried.
(6) The fire burned. (7) Death ran away.
(8) We trembled. (9) You went round.
(10) He played. (11) The aircraft flied. (12) The small bundle fell down. (13) Woods burned.
(14) Seeds sprouted. (15) Man was born.
(16) Dogs barked. (17) Wells dried.
(18) Demon died. (19) Jewels shined.
(20) Lions roared.
(21) The examination occured. (22) Girls hided.
(23) Women calmed down. (25) Reputation decreased. (27) Pleasure ended. (29) The hunger occured. (31) They tired. (33) They (Feminine) played. (35) She rejoiced.
(24) Daughter coughed. (26) Old age increased. (28) The rice grew up. 130) States fought (32) You feared. (34) Both of you bathed.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
93

Page #117

Lesson 46 Intransitive Verbs (use in the Impersonal form) Nouns
Pronouns a-ending Masculine Narinda
Hauṁ (Personal PronounGender
First Person, Nominative Singular) a-ending Neuter Kamala
Tuhuṁ (Personal PronounGender
Second Person, Nominative Singular) ä-ending Feminine Sasa
So (Masculine). Så (Feminine) Gender
(Personal Pronoun- Third Person, Nominative Singular)
Intransitive Verbs
Hasa - To laugh, Jagga : To wake up,
Viasa : To bloom, VaļŅha : To increase.
The above-mentioned Verbs are Intransitive. Intransitive Verbs are used in the Nominative case and in the Impersonal form. For the construction of the Impersonal forms from the Intransitive Verbs, 'ijja' and ‘iya' suffixes are added to the Verbs. In the Impersonal forms the subject is used in the Instrumental case (Singular or Plural). After adding the suffixes of the Impersonal form to the Verbs, suffix of the Third Per. son Singular Number is added. The Impersonal form is formed in the Present Tense and in the Imperative. In the Future Tense, the Verbal inflexion in the Nominative Case continues. For expressing the Past Tense the Past Participle is used in the Impersonal form. This type of Imper. sonal form does not exist in English. Suffixes of the Impersonal form Hasa Jagga Present Tense Imperative
ijja
Hasijja Jaggijja Hasijjai Hasijjau
Hasiyai Hasiyau Hasialya) Jaggiyala) Jaggijjail Jaggijjau
Jaggiyai J Jaggiyau
ia (iya)
94
94
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #118

Singular
Present Tense
- The king laughs.
Narindem/Narindeņa/ Hasijjai/ Narindenam
Hasiyai Kamaler/Kamalena/ Viasijjai/ Kamalenam
Viasiyai Sasăe/Sasae
Jaggijjai/Jaggiyai Mais
Hasijjai/Hasiyai Paim/Taiṁ
Hasijjai/Hasiyai Tem/Tena/Tenań Hasijjai/Hasiyai Tāe/Tae
Hasijjai/Hasiyai
: The lotus blooms. • Sister wakes up. = I laugh. - You laugh. - He laughs
- She laughs.
Imperative
- The king should laugh.
: The lotus should bloom.
- Sister should wake up.
Narindeň/Narindena/ Hasijjau/ Narindenam
Hasiyau Kamaleń/Kamalena/ Viasijjau/ Kamalena
Viasiyau Sasăe/Sasae
Jaggijjau/
Jaggiyau Maim
Hasijjau/
Hasiyau Paim/
Hasijjau/ Taim
Hasiyau Ter/Tena/
Hasijjau/ Tenar
Hasiyau Tåe/
Hasijjau/ Tae
Hasiyau
= I should laugh.
: You should laugh.
- He should laugh.
- She should laugh.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
95

Page #119

Future Tense
Hasesai/ etc
The king will laugh.
Narindem/Narindeņa/ Narindenam Kamalem/Kamalena/ Kamalenam Saske/Sasae
Maim
Viasesai/etc Jaggesai/etc Hasesai/etc Hasesailetc Hasesai/etc Hasesai/etc
: The lotus will bloom. = Sister will wake up. = I will laugh. = You will laugh.
He will laugh. : She will laugh.
Paiṁ/Taiṁ
Tem/Tena/Tenam
Tåe/Tae
Plural
Present Tense
= Kings laugh.
Narindahim/Narindāhim/ Narindehim Kamalahim/Kamalāhim/ Kamalehim
- Lotuses bloom.
Hasijjai/ Hasiyai Viasijjai/ Viasiyai Jaggijjai/ Jaggiyai Hasijjai/ Hasiyai
Sasahiṁ/
Sasahim
- Sisters wake up.
Amhehiń
- We laugh.
Tumhehim
Hasijjai/
- You laugh.
Tahim/Tähir/
Hasiyai Hasijjai/ Hasiyai Hasijjai/
Tehim
- They laugh.
Tähim/
Tahiń
Hasiyai
- They (women) laugh.
96
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #120

Narindahim/Narindahim/
Narindehim
Kamalahim/Kamalähim/
Kamalehim
Sasähim/
Sasahim
Amhehim
Tumhehim
Tahim/Tähim/
Tehim
Tāhim/
Tahim
Narindahim/Narindahim/
Narindehim
Kamalahim/Kamalāhim/
Kamalehim
Sasahim/Sasahim
Amhehim
Tumhehim
Tahim/Tahim/Tehim
Tähim/Tahim
1.
2.
Imperative
Hasijjau/
Hasiyau
Viasijjau/
Viasiyau

Jaggijjau/
Jaggiyau
Hasijjau/
Hasiyau
Hasijjau/
Hasiyau
Hasijjau/
Hasiyau
Hasijjau/
Hasiyau
Future Tense
Hasesai/etc
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
=

- Lotuses should bloom.
- Sisters should wake up.
Kings should laugh.
- We should laugh.
= You should laugh.
= They should laugh.
=
Viasesai/etc = Lotuses will bloom. Jaggesai/etc = Sisters will wake up. Hasesai/etc = We will laugh. Hasesai/etc You will laugh.
They will laugh.
Hasesai/etc Hasesai/etc
= They (women) will laugh.
=
=
They (women) should laugh.
See Lesson 44 1 (A).
See Lesson 44 1 (B).
All the above sentences are Intransitive and all the sentences are of the Impersonal form.
Kings will laugh.
97

Page #121

Lesson 47
Exercise Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa. While translating use the Impersonal form of the Verbs.
(1)
The aircrafts fly.
(2)
Water drops.
(3)
The friend rejoices.
(4) (5)
Oceans dry. The fire burns.
(6) We tremble. (7) He plays. (8) The small bundle falls down. (9) Lions roar. (10) Girls hide. (11) They should play. (12) Men should be born,
(13) Women should calm down.
(14) States should fight. (15) Daughters should tire. (16) Mother should rejoice. (17) The education should spread. (18) Faith should increase. (19) Examination should occur. (20) They (Feminine) should embarrass. (21) The aircraft will fly. (22) States will fight. (23) They will jump. (24) Dogs will bark. (25) Seeds will sprout.
98
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #122

Lesson 48 Obligatory and Potential Participle (use in the Impersonal Form)
For expressing the purport of 'should laugh ishould wake up' etc. the obligatory and Potential Participle is used in Apabhramśa. The Obligatory and Potential Participles are formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. In Apabhraṁsa two kinds of suffixes of the said Participle are in use - (1) avva (inflected forms) (2) ievvaum, evvaum and evå (uninflected forms). For using the said Participle of the first kind in the Impersonal form the Subject is inflected in the Singular or Plural Instrumental case and the said Participle will always be in the Nominative Neuter Gender Singular. Again, for using the Obligatory and Potential Participle of the second kind in the Impersonal form, the Subject is inflected in the Singular or Plural Instrumental Case, but there is no inflexion in the said Participle. The said Participle is not used in the Active Voice. Nouns
Pronouns a-ending Masculine Narinda
Hauṁ (Personal Pronoun - Gender
First Person, Nominative Singular) a-ending Neuter Kamala
Tuhum (Personal PronounGender
Second Person, Nominative Singular) ā-ending Feminine Sasa
So (Masculine), Sa (Feminine) Gender
(Personal Pronoun- Third Person,
Nominative Singular) Intransitive Verbs
Hasa : To laugh, Jagga - To wake up, Viasa - To bloom. Suffixes of the Obligatory and Potential Participle Hasa
Jagga
Viasa (1) avva Hasiavva Jaggiavva Viasiavva Haseavva
Jaggeavvas Viaseavva S (2) ievvauṁ Hasievvaum Jaggievvauń Viasievvaum
evvauṁ Hasevvauí Jaggevvauṁ Viasevvaum eva Haseva
Jaggeva Viasevă
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
99

Page #123

Note - After adding ‘avva' suffix, the ending ‘a' is changed into 'i' or 'e'. (1) Inflected Forms of Obligatory and Potential Participle Neuter
Gender Nominative Singular
Narindem/Narindeņa/ Hasiavva/Hasiavval : The king should Narindenam Hasiawu
laugh. Haseavva/Haseavvå/
Haseavvu Kamaler/Kamalena/ Viasiavva/Viasiavval - The lotus should Kamalenam Viasiavvu
bloom. Viaseavva/Viaseavvă/
Viaseavvu Sasae/Sasae
Jaggiavva/Jaggiavvá/ - Sister should Jaggiavvu
wake up. Jaggeavva/Jaggeavva/
Jaggeavvu Maim
Hasiavva/Hasiavvål = I should laugh. Hasiavvu Haseavva/Haseavva/
Haseavvu Paim/Taiń
Hasiavva/Hasiavval - You should laugh. Hasiawu Haseavva/Haseavval
Haseavvu
Tem/Tena/Tenar
= He should laugh.
Hasiavva/Hasiavvål Hasiavvu Haseavva/Haseavvă/ Haseavvu Hasiavva/Hasiavval Hasiawvu Haseavva/Haseavval Haseavvu
Tae/Tae
- She should laugh.
100
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #124

(2) Uninflected Forms of Obligatory and Potential Participle
Narindem/Narindenal Hasievvaum/
Narindenan Kamalem/Kamalena) Kamalenań Saske/Sasae
- The king should
laugh. - The lotus should
bloom. Sister should
wake up. : I should laugh.
Maim
Hasevvauṁ/Hasevä Viasievvaum/ Viasevvaus/Viaseva Jaggievvauṁ/ Jaggevvauņ/Jaggeva Hasievvaum/ Hasevvaum/Haseva Hasievvaum/ Hasevvaum/Haseva Hasievvaur/ Hasevvaum/Hasevă Hasievvauṁ! Hasevvaum/Hasevå
Paim/Taim
: You should laugh.
Ter/Tena/Tenam
• He should laugh.
Tae/Tae
- She should laugh.
(1) Inflected Forms of Obligatory and Potential Participle
Neuter Gender Nominative Singular
Narindahiń/ Narindahim/ Narindehim Kamalahiṁ/ Kamalähim/
Hasiavva/Hasiavval Hasiavvu/Haseavval = Kings should laugh. Haseavvå/Haseavvu Viasiavva/Viasiavva/ Viasiavvu/Viaseavval : Lotuses should bloom. Viaseavva/Viaseavvu Jaggiavva/Jaggiavva/ Jaggiavvu/Jaggeavval - Sisters should wake up. Jaggeavva/Jaggeavvu
Kamalehim
Sasähim/
Sasahis
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
10

Page #125

Hasiavva/Hasiavva/
Hasiavvu/Haseavva/ We should laugh.
Haseavva/Haseavvu
Hasiavva/Hasiavvȧ/
Hasiavvu/Haseavva/
Haseavvȧ/Haseavvu
Tahim/Tâhim/ Hasiavva/Hasiavvǎ/
Amhehim
Tumhehim
Tehim
Haseavva/Haseavvu
Tahim/Tahim Hasiavva/Hasiavvȧ/
Hasiavvu/Haseavva/ Haseavvȧ/Haseavvu
Sasāhim/
Sasahim
Amhehim
Narindahim/
Narindahim/ Hasevå
Narindehim
Kamalahim/
Kamalāhim/ Viaseva
Kamalehim
Tumhehim
Hasiavvu /Haseavva/
Tehim
Tähim/Tahim
(2) Uninflected Forms of Obligatory and Potential Participle
102

=All of you should laugh.
Haseva
=
Hasievvaum/Hasevvaum/
=
Hasevȧ
They should laugh.
They (Women) should
laugh.
Viasievvaum/Viasevvaum/ = Lotuses should
bloom.
Jaggievvaum/ Jaggevvaum/Jaggevȧ Hasievvaum/Hasevvaum/
Hasevå
Tahim/Tahim/ Hasievvaum/Hasevvaum/
Hasievvaum/Hasevvaum/
Hasevȧ
Hasievvaum/Hasevvaum/
= Kings should laugh.

= Sisters should wake up.
- We should laugh.
- All of you should
laugh.
They should laugh.
=
They (Women) should laugh.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #126

Lesson 49
Exercise Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa. While translating use the Impersonal form of the Verbs. This does not exist in English. (1) States should fight. (2) Faith should increase. (3) They should play. (4) Mother should rejoice.
(5) Men should be born.
(6) They (Feminine) should embarrass. (7) Dogs should bark. (8) Women should dance.
(9)
Giris should hide.
(10) Friends should rejoice.
(11) The fire should burn.
(12) The sun should rise. (13) The lion should roar. (14) He should play. (15) Ishould jump. (16) Both of you should enthuse. (17) We should fear. (18) The demon should die. (19) Seeds should sprout. (20) The aircraft should fly.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
103

Page #127

Lesson 50 Noun - Pronoun Accusative Case Singular Number
(Transitive Verbs)
Noun
Accusative Singular
Narinda/Narindā/Narindu
a-ending Masculine
Narinda - King, Karaha - Camel,
Karaha/ Karaha/Karahu
Paramesara : God,
Paramesara/Paramesară/ Paramesaru
a-ending
Bhoyana/Bhoyana/Bhoyaņu
Neuter
Bhoyaņa - Food Tiņa - Grass, Rajja - State, Maya : Mother, Kaha - Story, Sikkhả = Eduction
å-ending
Tina/Tina/Tiņu Rajja/Rajjā/Rajju Maya/Maya Kaha/Kaha Sikkhå/Sikkha
Feminine
Transitive Verbs
Rakkha - To protect, Suņa = To hear, To listen to Panama - To salute, Kha - To eat.
Pála - To bring up, Cara - To graze, Jāņa - To know, to understand
(1)
Present Tense
a-ending Masculine Gender (Accusative Case Singular)
Paramesara/Paramesara
Narindu Narindo Narinda Narinda
Panamai - The king
salutes the God.
Paramesaru
Rajja
Rajja
Rakkhai : The state
Narinda/Narinda/ Narindu
Rajju
protects the King.
104
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #128

Maya Maya
Narinda/ Narinda/Narindu
Panamai - Mother salutes the King.
(2)
Present Tense
a-ending Neuter Gender (Accusative Case Singular)
Tiņa/Tiņā/Tiņu
Karahu Karaho Karaha Karaha Narindu
Carai = The camel
grazes grass.
Narindo
Rajja/Rajja/Rajju
Rakkhai - The king
Narinda
protects the State.
Narinda
Maya
Khai - Mother eats
Bhoyaņa/ Bhoyaņa/Bhoyaņu
Maya
food.
(3)
Present Tense
a-ending Feminine Gender (Accusative Case Singular)
Narindu Narindo
Maya/Maya
Panamai = The king
Narinda
salutes the mother.
Narinda
Rajja
Rajja
Sikkhå/Sikkha
Jánai - The state understands the education.
Rajju
Kaha/
Sunai - Mother
Māyā Māya
Kaha
listens to the story.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
105

Page #129

(4)
Pronoun words Accusative Case Singular Haum Paim/Taim Panamaum/etc = I salute you. Tuhuṁ Maim Pålahi/etc
- You bring me up. Tam
Jāņai/etc = He knows him. Så Tam
Jāņai/etc - She knows her. Tam
Rakkhai/etc - He protects him.
So
Sh.
So
1.
(1) For the construction of Accusative Case Singular Num
ber from the a-ending Masculine Nouns, 'zero', ‘zero-a', 'u' suffixes are added to them as, Narinda,
Narinda, Narindu. (2)
For the construction of Accusative Case Singular Number from the a-ending Neuter Nouns, 'zero', o-a, u
suffixes are added to them as, Rajja, Rajja, Rajju. (3) For the construction of Accusative Case Singular Num
ber from the a-ending Feminine Nouns, 'zero', 'o-a'
suffixes are added to them as, Māyā, Maya. (4)
The construction of the Accusative Case Singular Number from the First Person Pronoun will be : Maiṁ.
(See Page No. 200) The construction of the Accusative Case Singular Number from the Second Person Pronoun (Tumha) will be: Paiṁ/Taim.
(See Page No. 201) The construction of the Accusative Case Singular Number from the Third Person Pronoun (Ta, Tà) will be Tam.
(See Page No. 188). All the above verbs are Transitive. The Transitive verb is that in which the effect of the action of the Sujbect goes to the object as, Mother listens to the story', in it the action of the Subject 'Mother' is listening'. Its effect goes to the story, because 'story is listened'. Therefore, the object of the Verb 'listen' is 'story'. In other word. "A Transitive Verb denotes an action which passes over from the doer or subject to an object."
2.
106
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #130

3.
All the above sentences are in the Active Voice. In these, the Person and Number of the Verbs are according to the Subject. In other words, the Verb agrees with the Subject in Number and Person. Here in the Noun-sentences the subject is of the Third Person Singular therefore, verbs are of the Third Person Singular Number.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

107

Page #131

Lesson 51 Noun - Pronoun Accusative Case Plural Number
Transitive Verbs (1) Noun Nouns
Accusative Case Plural a-ending Narinda - King, Narinda/Narinda Masculine Karaha - Camel, Karaha/Karaha
Paramesara - God, Paramesara/Paramesará a-ending Bhoyaņa - Food Bhoyana/Bhoyană/ Neuter
Bhoyanaim/Bhoyaņāim Tiņa - Grass,
Tina/Tinā/Tiņaiṁ/Tiņāim Rajja - State,
Rajja/Rajjā/Rajjaim/Rajjāim å-ending Maya : Mother, Māyá/Māya/Mayāu/Māyau/ Feminine
Māyáo/Mayao Kaha - Story,
Kaha/Kaha/Kahau/Kahau/
Kahão/Kahao Sikkha - Education Sikkha/Sikkha/Sikkhau/
Sikkhau/Sikkhão/Sikkhao Transitive Verbs Rakkha - To protect,
Pala - To nurture, Suņa - To hear, To listen to Cara = To graze, Panama - To salute, To greet Jāņa = To understand,
Kha - Te eat. (1)
a-ending masculine Present Tense (Accusative Plural)
Narindu Narindo | Paramesara/Paramesara Panamai/ - The king salutes Narinda
etc
the Gods (Siddhas). Narinda Rajja Rajja Narinda/Narinda Rakkhail = The state protects Rajju
the Kings.
etc
108
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #132

Panamai/etc - Mother salutes
Māya Maya
Narinda/Narinda
the kings.
(2)
Present Tense
a-ending neuter (Accusative Plural)
Tiņa/Tiņa/Tiņaim/Tiņāim
Carai = The camel grazes
Karahu Karaho Karaha Karaha
grass.
Rakkhai = King protects
Narindu Narindo Narinda Narinda
Rajja/Rajja/ Rajjaim/Rajjāim
the states.
Khāi - Mother eats food.
Māya Bhoyaņa/Bhoyaņā/ Māya | Bhoyaņaim/Bhoyaņāim
Present Tense
(3)
å-ending feminine
(Accusative Plural) Narindu Narindo Narinda Maya/Māya/Máyàu/ Narinda Mayau/Màyáo/Mayao
Panamai : The king salutes
mothers.
Rajja Rajja Rajju
Sikkhå/Sikkha/Sikkhau/ Sikkhau/Sikkhảo/Sikkhao
Jāņai = The state understands
education.
Sunai/etc - Mother hears
Mãyä Māya
Kaha/Kaha/Kahau/ Kahau/Kahão/Kahao
stories.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
109

Page #133

(2) Pronoun accusative case plural
(4)
Hauń Tumhe/Tumhain
Tuhuń Amhe/Amhaiṁ
Panamaum/etc. = I salute all
of you. Palahi/etc. - You nurture all
of us. Jāņai = He knows them.
So
Ta/Tå
Sã
Tä/Ta/Tău/Tau/
Tão/Tao Ta/Tă/Taim/Tàim
Jänai - She knows them. Rakkhai - He protects them.
1.
(2)
(1) For the construction of Accusative Case Plural Num.
ber from the 'a'-ending Masculine Nouns, 'zero', and 0-, suffixes are added to them, as Paramesara. Paramesara. For the construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the 'a'-ending Neuter Nouns, 'zero', '0-å, 'im', 'im'-aiṁ suffixes are added to them, as, Rajja,
Rajja, Rajjaim and Rajjāim. (3) For the construction of Accusative Case Plural Num.
ber from the 'ä'-ending Feminine Nouns, 'zero', ‘zero-a, u, u-au, 'o', 'o'-ao suffixes are added to
them, as, Māyā, Maya, Mayau, Mayau, Mayão, Máyao. (4) The construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from
the First Person Pronoun (Amhe) will be : Amhel Amhaim. The construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the Second Person Pronoun (Tumhe) will be: Tumhel Tumhaim. The construction of Accusative Case Plural Number from the Third Person Pronoun (Ta, Tä) will be: Ta, Tá (Masculine) Ta, Tå/Taim/Táim (Neuter) (Ta/ta/
Tầu/Tau/Tạo/Tao) (Feminine). All the above Verbs are Transitive. All the above sentences are in the Active Voice.
3.
110
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #134

Lesson 52 Transitive Verbs
Exercises Use the following Transitive Verbs in the Active Voice. The verbs to be used should be in the Present Tense, Future Tense and Imperative. In place of the subject, make use of the Personal Pronoun. Acca : To worship
Garaha : To blame Rokka - To withhold
Gavesa : To search out, To discover Ugghada - To uncover Ghala = To pour Upakara - To help
Cakkha - To taste Uppáda - To uproot
Cappa = To chew Kațța - To cut, To saw
Ciņa = To pick Kalanka : To stigmatise Coppada = To oil Kutta - To thresh
Chanda = To renounce Koka = To invite. To call Chala : To cheat, To dupe Khana - To dig
Chua - To touch Choda - To give up
Dekha : To see Cholla - To peel
Dho - To wash Jima : To partake of food Pisa - To grind Dhakka = To cover
Pukkara - To shout, To call Toda = To break
Phada : To tear Translate the following sentences into Apabhramsa :
(A)
(1) Father blames the son. (2) Grandfather calls the grandson. (3) The God sees the world. (4) Husband's younger brother washes the cloth. (5) The king should renounce pride. (6) The friend should call him (7) The king worships the God. (8) The dog with holds the demon.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #135

(9) The king discovers the jewels. (10) Men give up vows. (11) He cheats the child. (12) You see the lion. (13) I touch him. (14) They stigmatise him. (15) He tears the cloths. (16) Suffering withholds pleasure. (17) The friend sees lions. (18) Maternal uncle touches the religious books. (19) Hanumana helps him. (20) We cover the sun. (B) (1) He will dig the field. (2) You will partake of food. (3) He should peel the wood. (4) I shall pour the clarified butter. (5) He should chew food. (6) You should taste milk. (7) They will cut the small bundle. (8) We shall thresh the rice. (9) They will saw the forest. (10) He grinds seeds. (C) (1) Ram calls Sita. (2) I call the daughter. (3) Woman digs the pitch. (4) Sister sees the daughter. (5) The girl uncovers the small water pitcher. (6) Wife covers the ditch. (7) We worship the Ganges. (8) Hunger wilhholds thirst. (9) Desire destroys the sleep. (10) He/She should renounce wine.
112
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #136

Lesson 53 Transitive Verbs (use in the Passive Voice) Transitive Verbs
Koka - To call, Suņa - To hear, Dekha = To see
Panama = To salute, To greet Rakkha - To protect, Pála - To nurture, To bring up
The above Verbs are Transitive. The Transitive Verbs are used in the Active and Passive Voice. For forming the Passive Voice from the Transitive Verbs, same suffixes as were used for forming the Impersonal form are added (Lesson 45 - 'ijja', ia (iya)]. The subject is changed into the Instrumental Singular or Plural. The object instead of being in the accusative case (Singular or Plural), is changed into the Nominative Case (Singular or Plural). After adding the suffixes of the Passive Voice to the Verb, suffixes of the Tense are added to the Verb according to the Number and Person of the object converted into the Nominative Case. The Passive Voice is formed from the Transitive Verbs in the Present Tense and the Imperative. In the Future Tense the Active form of the Future Tense Verbal form continues and ijja' and 'iya' suffixes are not added to the Future Tense Verbal form. In the Past Tense, the Past Participle is used in the Passive Voice.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
113

Page #137

Active Voice
Present Tense Singular Number Subject-Nominative Object-Accusaitive Verb-according Case
Case
to the Subject Narindu Narindo . Maim
Kokai/ etc. = The king Narinda
calls me. Narinda
Narindu
Paim/Taim
Narindo Narinda Narinda
Kokai/etc. - The king
calls you.
Tam
Narindu Narindo Narinda Narindā
Kokai/ etc. = The king
calls him.
Tam
Narindu Narindo Narinda Narindā
Kokai/etc. - The king
calls her.
Tam
Narindu Narindo Narinda Narinda
Rakkhai/ etc. = The king
protects that (state).
Narindu
Kaha/Kaha
Narindo Narinda
Sunai/etc. - The king
hears the story.
Narinda
114
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #138

Passive Voice Present Tense Singular Number
Subject-Instrumental Object-Nominative Verb-according Case
Case to the Nominative Case
Narinder Narindena Narindenam
Haur
Kokijjaum/Kokiyaum/etc =
Tam called by the king.
Narindem
Narindena
Tuhum
Kokijjahi/Kokiyahi/etc =
You are called by the king.
Narindenam
Narinder Narindena Narindenam
So
Kokijjai/Kokiyai/etc -
He is called by the king.
Narindem Narindena Narindenam
Så
Så
Kokijjai/Kokiyai/etc :
She is called by the king.
Narinder
Tam
Narindena Narindenam
Rakkhijjai/Rakkhiyai/etc : That (state) is protected by the king.
Narinder
Narindena
Kaha/Kaha
Suņijjai/Suņiyai/etc = The story is heared by the king.
Narindenam
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
115

Page #139

Active Voice Present Tense Singular Number
Subject-Nominative
Case
Object-Accusative
Case
Verb-according to the Subject
Hauṁ
Paim/Taim
Dekhaum/etc = I see you.
Tuhum
Tam
Dekhahi/ etc : You see him/
her.
Maim
Dekhai/etc - He sees me.
Maim
Dekhai/etc : She sees me.
Māyā/Maya
Maim
Palai/etc : Mother brings me up.
Maya/Maya
Paim/Taim
Pålai/etc = Mother brings you up.
Maya/Maya
Tam
Pālai/etc : Mother brings him/
her up.
Hari/Hari
Maim
Panamai/etc - Hari salutes
me.
Hari/Hari
Paim/Taim
Panamai/etc : Hari salutes
you.
Hari/Hari
Tam
Panamai/etc = Hari salutes
him.
116
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #140

Passive Voice Present Tense Singular Number
Subject-Instrumental Object-Nominative Case
Case
Verb-according to the Nominative Case
Maim
Tuhum
Paim/Taim
So/Så
Tem/Tena/Tenam
Haum
Tae/Tae
Haur
Dekhijjahi/Dekhiyahi/etc : You are seen by me. Dekhijjai/Dekhiyai/etc - He/She is seen by you. Dekhijjaum/Dekhiyaum/etc =lam seen by him. Dekhijjaum/Dekhiyaum/etc = I am seen by her. Pålijjauṁ/Paliyaum/etc - lam brought up by mother. Palijjahi/Paliyahi/etc =You are brought up by mother. Palijjai/Paliyai/ etc = He/She is brought up by mother.
Māyae/Mayae
Hauí
Mayãe/Mayae
Tuhum
Māyāe/Mayae
So/Sa
Harim
Haum
Harim
Paņamijjauň/Paņamiyaum/etc = lam saluted by Hari. Paņamijjahi/Paņamiyahi/etc : You are saluted by Hari.
Hariem
Tuhum
Hariem
Harinam
Harinam
So/Sa
Paņamijjai/Paņamiyai/etc - He is saluted by Hari.
Harina
Harina
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
117

Page #141

Active Voice Present Tense Singular Number
Subject-Nominative
Case
Object-Accusative
Case
Verb-according to the Subject
Maim
Sähu
Paim/Taim Tam
Kokai/etc Kokai/etc Kokai/etc
- The saint calls me. - The saint calls you. - The saint calls him/
her. • The saint hears the story.
Sähū
Kahå/Kaha
Sunai/etc
Present Tense Plural Number
Amhe/Amhaim Kokai/etc
The king calls us.
Narindu
Tumhe/Tumhaim
Kokai/etc • The king calls all
of you.
Narindo
. Ta/Ta
Kokai/etc
: The king calls them.
Narinda Narinda
Ta/Tå/Tău/Tau/ Kokai/etc Tão/Tao
• The king calls them.
(Feminine)
118
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #142

Passive Voice
Present Tense Singular Number Subject-Instrumental Object-Nominative Verb-according to Case
Case
Nominative Case
Haum
Sahur Sāhum
Kokijjaum/Kokiyaum/etc = I am called by the saint.
Tuhum
Sähuer Sāhuem
Kokijjahi/Kokiyahi/etc - You are called by the saint.
Sähuna
So/Sā
Kokijjai/Kokiyai/ etc
Sähúna
- He/She is called by the
saint.
Kaha/Kaha
Sähuņam Sähūnam
Suņijjai/Suņiyai/ etc : The story is heard by the saint.
Present Tense Plural Number Amhe/Amhaim
Kokijjahum/etc - We are called by the king.
Narinder
Tumhe/Tumhaim
Kokijjahu/etc - All of you are called by the king.
Narindena
Ta/Ta
Kokijjanti/Kokijjahim/etc - They are called by the king.
Narindenam
Tā/Ta/Tão/Tao/
Kokijjanti/Kokijjahim/etc • They are called by the king.
Tau/Tau
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
119

Page #143

Note - (1) In other sentences also Accusative Plural in the Active
Voice may be used. (2) In the Imperative, the suffixes of the Imperative are used
(In the three Persons and two Numbers). In the above sentences, i-ending and u-ending Masculine Nouns are used in the Nominative Singular. (1) For constructing the Nominative Singular from i- end
ing Masculine Nouns, 'zero', 'zero-long' (i+i) suffixes are added, as Hari, Hari and for constructing the Instrumental Singular , 'm-im', em, 'em-iem', 'na', na-ina, 'nam', nam-inam are added, as, Harim, Harim,
Haries, Hariem, Hariņa, Harīņa, Hariņam, Harinań. (2) For constructing the Nominative Singular from the u
ending Masculine Nouns, 'zero', 'zero-Jong (u-ú) suffixes are added, as- Sähu, Sāhū and for constructing the instrumental Singular ṁ, 'm-uħ', eń, 'em-uem'. na', na-una, 'nam', nam-unam are added, as, Sähum, Sähúm. Sāhues,
Såhüem. Sahuna, Sähúņa, Sãhunam. Sāhūņam. All the above verbs are Transitive. For constructing the Instrumental Plural from i-ending and uending Masculine Nouns, him, him-ihum, him, him-ühim suffixes are added as, Harihim, Harihim, Sähuhim, Sāhūhim.
CON
120
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #144

(1)
'I'-ending Nouns
(Masculine Gender)
11
Sami Owner, Master,
Rahuvai = Raghupati,
Kai = Poet,
Kari = Elephant,
Muni -Saint,
Jogi = Ascetic,
Pai =
Husband,
Sasi = Moon,
Hatthi Elephant,
Pani Being,
Bhai Brother,
=
Kesari Lion,
Giri Mountain,
Risi = Saint,
Jai = Saint,
Lesson 54
Noun
Transitive Verbs
(2)
Tavassi Mortifier,
Naravai = King,
=>
Seṇāvai = Commander,
Ari = Enemy,
Manti Minister or Secretary,
Vihi = Law, Rule,

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
'u'-ending Nouns (Masculine Gender)
Jantu Being
Bindu = Drop
Maccu
Death
Sattu = Enemy
Riu = Enemy
Sūņu
Son
Guru Teacher
Dhanu
= Bow
Taru Tree
Kareņu Elephant
Teu Radiance
Pahu = God
Piu = Father
Pharasu = Axe
Meru Meru
=
=
Mountain
Vijju = Electricity
Sahu = Saint
Vàu : Air

Jämäu Son-in-law
Jambu Jamuna
(Name of Fruit)
Rahu-Rāma (Raghu)
=
121

Page #145

(3) (Transitive Verbs)
122
Bolla To speak
=
Padha To read
=
Bhaṇa = To say
Kaha To say
Muna
To know
Nama To salute
Jema To partake of food
Khada: To eat
Piba To drink
Iccha To desire
Dhara To hold
Peccha To see
Pesa To send
Liha To write
Hana = To kill
Pida To oppress
=
Kara: To do
=
=
=
Cava To speak Nisuņa = To hear
Cua To renounce
=
Ladda = To love Vanna = To describe
Seva To serve

Danka To sting
=
Bakhana = To lecture Bhula To forget
Sumara = To remember
Ranga To colour
=
=
Thella To push Dhoya = To carry
Cora = To thieve
Odha = To cover with
Le = To take
Vaha = To hold
Vinnava = To tell
Maila To dirty
Dȧ = To give
Siñca To irrigate Bandha To tie Thuņa: To pray
=
Cinta = To worry
Magga To demand
=
=
Jana To produce Himsa To injure
Asa = To eat
Mara To kill
Gă = To sing
Vaddhava = To congratulate
:
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #146

Lesson 55
Exercises Translate the following sentences into Apabhraíśa :(A) (1) Food is eaten by the owner. (2) The vow is observed by the poet. (3) Water is drunk by the elephant. (4) You are cheated by the enemy. (5) We are seen by the God. (6) All of you are sent by the saint. (7) He is prayed by mother. (8) I am remembered by the guru. (9) We are congratulated by the friend. (10) The wealth is demanded by him.
(B) (1) I should be called by the brother. (2) Wood should be coloured by him. (3) The song should be sung by the poet. (4) A letter should be written by me. (5) We should be sent by father. (6) You should be loved by sister. (7) All of you should be served by the saint. (8) They should be seen by me.(9) He should be prayed by you. (10) I should be tied by you.
(C) (1) I am killed by enemies. (2) Suffering should be forgotten by us. (3) The God should be prayed by women. (4) Son-in-law will eat food. (5) The song should be sung by poets. (6) Yogi's will hear the religious books. (7) Father will call you. (8) The mortifier will remember us. (9) The river will hold them. (10) The minister will salute him.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
123

Page #147

Lesson 56
Past Participle (Use in the Passive Voice)
For expressing the Purport of the Past Tense, the Past Participle is used in Apabhramsa. The Past Participle is formed by adding the suffix of the Past Participle to the Verb (See Lesson 41). The Past Participles partake of the nature of an Adjectives. When the suffixes of the Participle are added to the Transitive Verbs, it is used only in the Passive Voice. For making the Passive Voice, the subject in the Nominative Case is changed into the Instrumental Case, (Singular or Plural). The object which occurs in the Accusative Case (Singular or Plural) is changed into the Nominative Case and the inflexion of the Past Participle is according to the object converted in the Nominative Case. The inflexion of the Past Participle is like 'Deva' in the Masculine Gender, like 'Kamala' in the Neuter Gender and like 'Kaha' in the Feminine Gender. The Past Participle is 'a-ending'. For changing it into the Feminine Gender, āsuffix is added to it.
Transitive Verb
(1)
Koka To call,
Dekha To see
Rakkha To protect,
=
Acca To worship Masculine
Narindem/etc Kai/Kai
Narindem/etc Kai/Kai
Narindehim/etc Kai/Kai
124
Harim/
Divȧyara/
Harim/
Diväyaru/
Hariem/ Divȧyara/
Hariem
Divǎyaro

Suna To hear,
T
Panama = To salute. To greet Påla To nurture, To bring up,
=
To observe
Iccha To desire
Kokia/Kokia/ = The poet was Kokio/Kokiu called by the king.
Kokia/Kokia = Poets were called by
the king.
Kokia/Kokiā
-
Accia/Accia/
Accio/Acciu
= Poets were called by
kings.
- The sun was
worshiped by Hari.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #148

Māyāe/Mayae Sāhu/Sāhū
Sähuhim! Sāhūhim
Vayo/Vayu) Vaya/Vaya Vaya/Vaya
Dekhia/Dekhia Dekhiu/Dekhio Pālia/Pālià/ Paliu/Palio
= The saint was seen by mother. Thevows was observed by the saints.
(2)
Neuter
Narindem/etc Dhaņa/Dhanu/ Icchia/Icchia/ Wealth was Dhana Icchiu
desired by the king. Jogihim/ Nana/Nāņu! Panamia/Paņamiả/ = Knowledge was Jogihim Nana
Panamiu saluted by the saint. Rajjem/Rajjena Sāsaņa/Sāsanu/ Rakkhia/Rakkhia/ - Government was Rajjenam Sasana
Rakkhiu protected by the state. Súnuhim/ Sokkha/Sokkhă/ Icchia/Icchial : Pleasure was Sūnuhim Sokkhu Icchiu
desired by sons.
(3)
Feminine
Narindem/etc
Pasansă/Pasansa Sunia/Sunia - Praise was
heared by the king.
Senavaim/Senavaim/
Senaviem/Senavaiem/ | Saria/Saria
Dekhiā/Dekhia - The river was seen by the commander.
Senavaina/Senāvaina/
Senavainaṁ/
Senāvainam
Pium/Piūm/
Gangă/Ganga
Piuem/Piùem/ Piuna/Piūņa/ Piunam/Piūnar
Panamia/Panamia = The Ganges was saluted by father.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
125

Page #149

Māyāe/ Māyae Kaha/Kaha Sunia/Sunia/
Kahāu/Kahau Suņiāu/Suņiau Kahão/Kahao Sunião/Suniao
- Stories were heared by mother.
1.
All the above sentences are of the Passive Voice. In these the Subject is placed in the Instrumental, the object is placed in the Nominative and the Verb is conjugated according to the Person and Number of the Object. Before using the Past Participle in Feminine Gender, it should be changed into Feminine Gender. By adding ‘ä’-suffix, the Past Participles are changed into Feminine Gender. As for example, Suņia-Sunia, Dekhia-Dekhia, Panamia-Paņamia etc. All the above-mentioned verbs are Transitive.
3.
126
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #150

Lesson 57
Exercises Translate the following sentences into Apabhramśa :(A) (1) The book was read by me. (2) The friend was called by him. (3) The son was loved by grandfather. (4) Pride was held by the king. (5) Water was drunk by us. (6) Wells were dug by them. (7) Demons were killed by Rama. (8) Clothes were torn by the child. (9) The commander was killed by the enemy. (10) The saint was prayed by the Guru. (B) (1) Food was eaten by the citizen. (2) Milk was drunk by brothers. (3) Karmas were bound by beings. (4) Songs were sung by the poet. (5) Aircrafts were seen by me. (6) Detachment was described by him. (7) Sticks were carried by me. (8) Addictions were described by you. (9) Papers were written by the businessman. (10) The thread was cut by the owner. (C) (1) The order was obeyed by him. (2) The story was heard by Rama. (3) Education was upheld by the saint. (4) Wealth was desired by daughter. (5) Compassion was produced by him. (6) Reputation was heard by the owner. (7) Faith was carried by the saint. (8) The hut was seen by son-in-law. (9) Wisdom was known by saints. (10) Compassion was observed by the businessman.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
127

Page #151

Lesson 58 i-ending, u-ending nouns Masculine, Neuter, Feminine Gender
1.
i-ending nouns (Neuter) Dahi - Curd, Atthi - Bone, Ravi - Sun
Acchi - Eye Vari - Water
u-ending nouns (Neuter) Mahu = Honey, Aṁsu : Tear,
Jāņu - Knee Au - Age
Vatthu - Material
Uppatti = Birth
Pihimi : Earth
i-ending nouns (Feminine) Bhatti - Devotion, Maņi - Jewel, Tatti - Satisfaction, Ratti : Night, Dhii - Patience, Thui - Prayer,
Riddhi - Prosperity Juvai - Young woman Satti - Strength Appaladdhi - Spiritual
attainment Ági - Fire Mai = Intellect
Avahi - Limit of time, Amkhi - Eye,
Jaņeri - Mother
i-ending nouns (Feminine) Paramesari - Prosperous
woman, Sämiņi - Mistress, Ņågari - Woman residing
in a city
Päiņi = Witch Bahini - Sister
128
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #152

Piamahi Grandmother
Maheli - Woman
Putti = Daughter, Mäusi - Mother's Sister, Ņäri - Woman, Itthi - Woman, Lacchi - Wealth
Samaņi - Woman Saint Sadi - Sări
u, u-ending nouns (Feminine) Dheņu = Cow,
Kaņdü = Itchiness Cancu - Beak,
Khajjú - Itch Sassu - Mother-in-law, Jambu : Tree of Jāmuna Haņu - Chin,
Sású Mother-in-law Kadacchu - Small spoon,
Bahu = Daughter-in-law Taņu - Body,
Camů = Army Rajju - Rope
i, u-ending nouns (Masculine) Gämaņi - Village headman, Khalapú - Cleaner of granary Sayambhū - Self-made person
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
129

Page #153

Lesson 59 Transitive Verbs
Gaccha - To go
Daha - To burn, To kindle Vajja = To go
Labha = To obtain Ya = To go
Sikha - To Learn Agaccha = To come
Vanda = To greet Dhava To run
Vañcha : To wish, To desire Cussa = To suck
Bujjha - To understand Liha - To lick
Khimsa - To criticise,
To blame Jháa - To meditate
Jingha = To smell Gåa - To sing
Jiņa - To win, To conquer Khama - To forgive
Joa - To illuminate Gaņa - To count
Māņa - To honour Dhikkára = To reproach Páva - To get Khiva : To throw
Rakkha - To keep Raca : To make, To create Nirakkha : To see Khaņda - To break into pieces Bhuñja - To eat Guntha = To braid, To weave together strips Avada : To suit
Kiņa - To buy
130
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #154

i-ending Feminine
Nominative Case
Instrumental Case
u-ending Feminine
Nominative Case
Instrumental Case
ù-ending Feminine
Nominative Case
Instrumental Case
i-ending Masculine
Nominative Case Instrumental Case
Lesson 60
i, u-ending nouns

Singular Number Lacchi/Lacchi
Lacchie/Lacchie
Singular Number
Tanu/Tanu
Taṇue/Tanue
Singular Number Camů/Camu
Camue/Camue
Singular Number
Sămi/Sāmi
Sämim/Samim/
Sāmiem/Sāmiem/
Sāmiņa/Sāmiņa/
Sāmiņam/Sāmiņam
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Lacchi = Wealth
Plural Number
Lacchi/Lacchi/
Lacchiu/Lacchiu/
Lacchio/Lacchio
Lacchihim/
Lacchihim
Tanu = Body
Plural Number
Tanu/Tanu/Tanuu/ Tanuu/Taṇuo/Taṇuo Tanuhim/Taṇuhim
Camů
= Army
Plural Number
Camú/Camu/
Camuu/Camuu/
Camuo/Camuo
Camühim/Camuhim
Sami Master
Plural Number
Sămi/Sâmi
Sâmihim/Sȧmihim
131

Page #155

u-ending Masculine
Pahu : God
Plural Number
Nominative Case
Pahu/Pahu
Singular Number Pahu/Pahú Pahum/Pahus/ Pahueň/Pahuem/
Instrumental Case
Pahubim/Pahuhim
Pahuna/Pahuna/ Pahunas/Pahūnam
i-ending Masculine
Nominative Case
Instrumental Case
Gamaņi - Village headman Singular Number Plural Number Gámaņi/Gamani Gāmaņi/Gamani Gāmaņım/Gamaņiṁ/ Gămaņihim/ Gamaniem/Gāmaņień/ Gāmaņihim Gamaniņa/Gāmaņiņa/ Gamaninam/Gamaninam
ù-ending Masculine
Nominative Case
Instrumental Case
Sayambhú - Self-made Person Singular Number Plural Number Sayambhu/
Sayambhu/ Sayambhu
Sayambhu Sayambhūm/ Sayambhūhim/ Sayamhur!
Sayambhuhim Sayambhues/ Sayambhuem/ Sayambhūņa/Sayambhuņa/ Sayambhūņam/Sayambhunań
i-ending Neuter
Väri : Water
Plural Number
Singular Number Vari/Vari
Nominative Case
Vari/Vari/ Väriim/Värii
132
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #156

Instrumental Case
u-ending Neuter
Nominative Case
Instrumental Case
i-ending Feminine
Nominative Case
Instrumental Case
Värim/Varim/
Väriem/Väriem/
Värina/Värina/
Vāriņam/Värinam

Singular Number
Vatthu/Vatthú
Singular Number
Juvai/Juvai
Vatthu/Vatthù/
Vatthuim/
Vatthūim
Vatthum/Vatthum/
Vatthuhim/
Vatthuem/Vatthuem/ Vatthühim
Vatthuna/Vatthūna/
Vatthunam/Vatthūṇam
Juvaie/Juvaie
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Värihim/Värihim

Vatthu Material
Plural Number
Juvai Young Lady
Plural Number
Juvai/Java/Juvaiu/
Juvaiu/Juvaio/
Juvaio
Juvaihim/Juvaihim
133

Page #157

Lesson 61
Obligatory and Potential Participle1 (Its use in the Passive Voice)
For expressing the purport of 'should be got', 'should be protected' 'etc.' Obligatory and Potential participle is used in Apabhramsa. This Participle is formed by adding the following suffixes to the Verbs. In Apabhramśa two kinds of suffixes of this Participle are used - (1) avva (2) ievvaum, evvauṁ, evȧ. For using the first kind of suffix in the Passive Voice, the subject is changed into the Instrumental Case (Singular or Plural), the object is changed into the Nominative Case (Singular or Plural) and the Participle is inflected according to the Gender and Number of the changed object in the Nominative Case. In the Masculine Gender, the inflection will be according to 'Deva', in the Neuter Gender the inflection will be according to 'Kamala' and in the Feminine Gender the inflexion will be according to 'Kaha'. For using the second kind of suffix in the Passive Voice, the subject is also changed into the Instrumental Case (Singular or Plural), the object is also changed into Nominative Case (Singular or Plural), but there is no inflection of the suffixes of this Participle. Obligatory and Potential Participle used in the Passive Voice is formed from the Transitive Verbs.
(1)
1.
Samim/Samim/ Kiniavvu/Kiniavvo/ Sāmiem/Sāmiem/ Hatthi/ Kiniavva/Kiniavva/ Sāmiņa/Sāmiņa/ Hatthi Kineavvu/Kineavvo/ Sāmiņam/
Sāmiņaṁ
134
Masculine

Kineavva/Kineavvȧ/
or
Kinievvaum/ Kinevvaum/Kiṇevā
This Participle is also called:
(a) Obligatory and Potential Passive Participle
(b) Future Passive Participle
(c) Gerundives
An elephant

= should be
purchased
by the master.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #158

Rakkhiavva/Rakkhiavval
Jivas should
Munihim/
Rakkheavva/Rakkheavvā/
= be protected
Pāņi/ Pani
Munihim
or
by saints.
Rakkhievvaum/ Rakkhevvaus/Rakkhevā
Jhāiavva/Jhāiavvu/Jhāiavvo/ Jhãiavva/JhLeavvụ/Jhắeavva/
The God
Pahu/ Pahu
Jhãeavvo/Jhaeavvă/
= should be
Risiṁ/ Risim/ Risień/ Risiem/
or
meditated by the saint.
Jhāievvaum/ Jhãevvaum/
Jhaeva
Khamiavva/Khamiavvă/
Enemies = should be
Maim
Khameavva/Khameavvā/ Sattu/
ror Sattu Khamievvaum/
Khamevvaur/Khameva
forgiven by me.
(2)
Neuter
Samim/
Sāmiņ) Sāmiem/
Water should
Pibiavva/Pibiavval Pibiavvu/Pibeavval Pibeavva/Pibeavvu/
Väri/ Vári
= be drunk by
the master.
Samień/
or
Sāmiņa/ Sāmiņa/ Saminam/
Pibievvaum/ Pibevvaus/Pibeva
Sáminaṁ
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
135

Page #159

Acchi/ Acchi/
Maim
Ganiavva/Ganiavval Gaņiavvaiṁ/Gaņiavväim/ Ganeavva/Ganeavvä
Eyes should Gaņeavvais/Ganeavvāim/ = be counted by or
me. Ganievvaum/Ganevvauí Ganevā
Acchiim/
me.
Acchii
Pecchiavva/Pecchiavvă/
Sahuhim/\Vatthu Sahūhiṁ Vatthu
Pecchiavvu/ Peccheavva/Peccheavval! The thing should Peccheavvu
>= be seen by the
saints. Pecchievvauṁ/ Pecchevvaum/Peccheva
or
Såhum/
Pecchiavva/Pecchiavval
Sähúṁ)
Sähuem/
Things should - be seen by the
Vatthu/ Pecchiavvaim/Pechiavvāim/ Vatthù Peccheavva/Peccheavvă/ | Vatthuim/ Peccheapvaim/Peccheavväim Vathúim
or Pecchievvaum/ Pecchevvaum/Peccheva
Sähuem Sähuņa/ Såhuna/ Sāhunaṁ/
saint.
Sähúnam
(3)
Feminine
Dhäriavvā/Dháriavval
Patience should = be held by the
or
Dháreavvā/Dháreavva/ Juvaie! Dhii/! Juvaie | Dhii Dhărievvaum/
Dhårevvaum/Dhareva
young woman.
136
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #160

Mani/
Pesiavva/ Pesiavva/
Mani/
Maniu/ Juvaihim/ Maniu/ Juvaihim Manio/
Manio
Pesiavvau/Pesiavvau/ Pesiavvão/Pesiavvao/ Peseavva/ etc
Jewels should = be sent by the young women.
or Pesievvaum/Pesevvaum/ Peseva
Bandhiavvă/Bandhiavva/ Bandheavvå/Bandheavva/
or
Camuel Camue
Tanu/ Tanū
Bandhievvaum/ Bandhevvauṁ/Bandhevá
The body should be tied by the
army.
Tanu/
Bandhiavvă/Bandhiavva/
Bandhiavvāu/Bandhiavvau/ Bandhiavvão/Bandhiavvao/
Bodies should
Tanu/
Tanuu/ Camůhim/) Taņuu/> Camuhim Taņuo/
Tanuo
Bandheavvä/etc
= be tied by
armies.
or Bandhievvauṁ/ Bandhevvaum/Bandhevä
All the Verbs are Transitive. The Obligatory and Potential Participle is used in the Passive Voice and in the Impersonal Form. It is not used in the Active Voice. By Intransitive Verbs, the Impersonal Forms are constructed (lesson 48) and by Transitive Verbs, the Passive Voice is constructed.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
137

Page #161

Other Used Nouns Masculine Muni : Saint Hatthi = Elephant Sattu = Enemy
Risi - Saint Sāhu = Saint Påņi = Being
Neuter Acchi - Eye
Vatthu - Thing
Feminine
Dhii - Patience
Maņi - Jewel Putti = Daughter
Santi = Peace
Rakkha = To protect Jhaa = To meditate
Transitive Verbs Kiņa - Io purchase Labha = To take Khama - To forgive Gana = To count Dhára = To carry Bandh - To tie
Piba = To drink
Peccha - To see
Pesa = To send
138
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #162

Lesson 62
Exercises
Translate the following sentences into Apabhraṁśa -
(A)
(1) The tree should be irrigated by brother. (2) Saints should be invited by Raghupati. (3) Songs should be sung by poets. (4) The lion should be killed by an elephant. (5) The sun should be prayed by the saint.
(B)
(1) Curd should be eaten by me. (2) Water should be drunk by us. (3) Things should be described by them. (4) Things should be thought by you. (5) Age should be seen by him.
(C)
(1) Prosperity should be obtained by you. (2) Satisfaction should be damanded by him. (3) Jewels should be carried by the earth. (4) Devotion should be performed by the young girl. (5) Saris should be purchased by maternal aunt. (6) The rope should be threaded by you. (7) Cows should be brought up by him. (8) The Jamuna tree should be irrigated by us. (9) Daughtersin-law should be loved by mothers-in-law. (10) Grass should be burnt by you.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

139

Page #163

Lesson 63
Different Participles (With object in the Accusative Case)
Present Participle
Infinitive
Absolutive
(Action completed in the Past)
(1) For expressing the purport of eating food', 'going to the village' etc. in Apabhramsa, the Present Participle is used with object in the Accusative Case. (2) For expressing the purport of for eating food', 'for going to the village' etc the Infinitive is used with object in the Accusative Case and (3) For expressing the purport of having eaten food', 'having gone to the village' etc. the Absolutive is used with object in the Accusative Case. These Participles are formed from the Verbs. The Present Participle partakes of the nature of an Adjective. The other two (Infinitive and Absolutive) partake of the nature of Indeclinables. These three retain the power of a Verb. Thus, when they are formed from the Transitive Verbs, they take an object in the Accusative Case. (For suffixes see lessons: 27, 28, 42)
Utthai/etc
So
Bhoyana/ Jemantu/Jemanto/Jemanta/ Bhoyaņa/ Yemanta/ Jemamāņu/Jemamāņo/ Bhoyaņu Jemamāna/Jemamåņă
> - Eating food,
he gets up.
Gāmu! Haur Gama/
Gama
Gacchantu/Gacchanto/Gacchanta/ Hasaum/etc Gacchantă/Gacchamāņu/Gacchamāņo/ - Going to the Gacchamana/Gacchamana
village, I laugh.
140
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #164

So
Taru/Taru
Sincantu/Sincanto Sincanta/Sincantă
Thakkai/etc - Irrigating the tree/trees he tires.
Haum
Jai/Jai
Kokanta/Kokanta Kokantu/Kokanto
Harisauṁ/etc - Calling the saint/saints, I rejoice.
So
Taru/Taru
Sincevar/etc
Utthai/etc : He gets up to
irrigate the tree/trees.
Haus
Jai Jai
Kokevaṁ/etc
Jaggaum/etc = I wake up for calling the saint/saints.
So
Taru/Taru
Sinci/etc
Harisai/etc = Having irrig
ated tree/trees, he rejoices.
Haum
Jai/Jai
Koki/etc
Harisaum/etc = Having called the saint/saints, I rejoice.
1.
In Apabhramśa i-ending, i-ending Masculine, u-ending, ū- ending Masculine, i-ending, and u-ending Neuter, i-ending, and iending Feminine, u-ending, and ū-ending Feminine suffixes of the Accusative Case are similar to the suffixes of the Nominative Case. (See lesson - 61).
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
141

Page #165

142
Lesson 64
Exercises
Translate the following sentences into Apabhramśa -
(A)
(1) Greeting Raghupati, the master gets up. (2) Honouring the guru, the poet sits. (3) Calling him, the brother embarrasses. (4) The lion, killing an elephant fears. (5) The merchant, listening to the saint shines. (6) Eating the curd, he sleeps. (7) Drinking water, you dance. (8) Seeing the fire, we turn. (9) Serving the village headman, he tires. (10) Tasting the honey, he covets.
(B)
(1) For doing devotion, he gets up. (2) You endeavour to get satisfaction. (3) For calling daughter, he enthuses. (4) We endeavour to tie the rope. (5) They get up to see the cow.
(C)
(1) Having greeted Raghupati, the master rejoices. (2) Having saluted the guru, the poet sits. (3) Having done devotion, he lives. (4) Having got satisfcation, you rejoice. (5) Having seen the cows, they get up.

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #166

Lesson 65
Noun-Pronoun Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number
Nouns
Dative or Genitive
Case Singular number a-ending masculine Narinda - King, Narinda/Narindā/
Narindasu/Narindāsu Narindaho/ Narindaho/Narindassu
a-ending neuter
Rajja - State,
Rajja/Rajjā/Rajjasu/ Rajjāsu/Rajjaho/ Rajjāho/Rajjassu
å-ending feminine
Maya - Mother,
Māyā/Māyal Māyáhe/Máyahe
i-ending feminine
Juvai - Young lady,
Juvai/Juvai/
Juvaihe/Juvaihe
i-ending feminine
Putti = Daughter,
Putti/Putti/ Puttihe/Puttihe
u-ending feminine
Dhenu - Cow,
Dhenu/Dhenü/ Dhenuhe/Dhenühe
ü-ending feminine
Jambu : Tree of
Jambu/Jambu/ Jambūhe/Jambuhe
Jämuna,
Pronoun Dative and Genitive Case Singular number
Mahu/Majjhu Tau/Tujjha/Tudhra
= My/For me. - Your/For you.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
143

Page #167

Ta/Ta/Tasu/Tasu
Taho/Täho/Tassu
(Masculine or = His/For him
Neuter) - Her/For her (Feminine)
Tä/Ta/Tāhe/Tahe
Instransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh, Jagga - To wake up, Vaddha - To increase, Ņijjhar - To drop,
Transitive Verbs Rakkha : To protect, Iccha - To desire, Gaccha - Togo, Koka = To call,
Genitive Case Singular number Narinda
Narinda
Patta/Puttă/Puttu/Putto Hasai/etc : The son of the
Narindasu Narindāsu Narindaho Narindāho Narindassu
king laughs.
Rajja Rajja Rajjasu Rajjāsu Rajjaho Rajjāho
Sasaņa/Sasanu/ Tam
Rakkhai/etc - Government
of the state
Sasana
protects him.
Rajjassu
Maya
Sasa/Sasa
Jaggai/etc
= Mother's
Maya Mayahe
sister
Māyahe
wakes up.
144
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #168

Juvai
Juvai
Māyā/Maya
Juvaihe Juvaihe
Jaggai/etc : Mother of
the young woman wakes up.
Putti
Putti
Dhanu/Dhana/Dhaņā
Vaddhai/etc
= Wealth of daughter
Puttihe
Puttihe
increases.
Dhenu
Dhenü
Khira/Khiru/Khira
Nijjharai/etc
- Milk of the cow drops.
Dhenuhe Dhenühe
Au/Āū
Jambu Jambu Jambūhe Jambuhe
Vaddhai/etc = The age of
the tree of Jamuna increases.
Mahu
Puttu/Putto Sokkhal
Icchai/etc
- My son desires pleasure.
Majjhu
Putta/Puttă Sokkhu/Sokkha
Tau Tujjha
1
Potta/Pottă/ Gharu/ Gacchai/etc - Your grandPottu/Potto Ghara/Ghará
son goes to home.
Tudhra
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
145

Page #169

Ta
Tā
Tasu
Tâsu
Taho
Täho
Tassu
Tā
Ta
Tähe
Tahe
Putta/Puttu
Puttä/Putto
Putta/Putto/
Puttu/Puttǎ
146
Narinda/Narinda/Narindasu/
So Narindāsu/Narindaho/ Narindaho/Narindassu
Dative Case Singular number
Maim Kokai/etc

Paim/ Kokai/etc
Taim
Parikkha/Parikkha/
Tuhum Parikkhahe/Parikkhahe Gantha/
Ganthu
Gantha/ Kinai/etc = He purchases
Ganthǎ/
the book for
Ganthu
the king.
Gantha/ Padhahi/etc
= His son
calls me.
- Her son calls you.
Note. In this way, other sentences of the Dative Case are to be con
structed.

- You read
the book for
examination.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #170

Lesson 66
Noun "Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number Nouns
Dative and Genitive
Case Singular Number i-ending masculine Sámi - Master, Sami/Sami i-ending masculine Gamaņi - Village Gāmani/Gámani
headman, u-ending masculine Sähu : Saint,
Sāhu/Sähū ů-ending masculine Sayambhú - Selfmade Sayambhu/
person, Sayambhu i-ending neuter Vari - Water,
Vari/Vāri u-ending neuter Vatthu - Thing,
Vatthu/Vatthu
Intransitive Verbs
Gala - To Vanish, Cua : To drop,
Fura - To appear, Jagga : To wake up,
Transitive Verbs Kara - To do Padha = To read
Genitive Case Singular Number Sami/Sami Gavva/Gavvu/
Galai/etc - Pride of the Gavvo/Gavva
master vanishes. Gāmani/ Putta/Puttu/ Ganth/ Padhai/etc - The son of the Gamani Putto/Putta Gantha/ village headman reads Ganthu
the book. Sähu/Sähú Teu/Teu
Furai/etc : The glow of the
saint appears. Vari/Väri Bindu/Bindu
Cuai/etc = The drop of
water drops. Sayambhu/ Putta/Puttu/Putto/ Jaggai/etc - The son of Sayambhu Puttă
Sayambhu wakes up.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
147

Page #171

Vatthu/Vatthu
Nána/Nană/
Nánu
Karaj = He does
knowledge of the thing
Dative Case Singular Sämi/Sami
Hauṁ
Jägaraum/etc = I wake up for
the master.
Tuhum
Sähu/Sähú Bhoyaņa/ Icchahi/etc : You desire food Bhoyanā
for the saint.
so
Gåmani/ Gamaņi
Gáma/ Gacchai/etc = He goes to the Gámu/Gāmā
village for the village headman.
Note. In this way, other sentences are to be constructed.
148
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #172

Lesson 67
Noun - Pronoun Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number Nouns
Dative and Genitive
Case Plural Number a-ending masculine Narinda - King Narinda/Narinda/
Narindaham)
Narida ham a-ending neuter Rajja - State
Rajja/Rajjal
Rajjaham/Rajjāham å•ending feminine Maya : Mother
Māya/Maya/
Māyāhu/Māyahu i-ending feminine Juvai - Young lady Juvai/Juvai/
Juvaihu/Juvaihu i-ending feminine Putti = Daughter
Putti/Putti/
Puttihu/Puttihu u-ending feminine Dheņu - Cow
Dhenu/Dhenů/
Dhenuhu/Dhenuhu ú-ending feminine Jambú - Tree of Jambu/Jambu/
Jāmuna Jambuhu/Jambuhu
Pronoun Dative and Genitive Case Plural
Amhaham
Tumhaham Ta/Ta/Taham/Taham Tä/Ta/Tāhu/Tahu
= For us/Our - For you all/Your
For them/Their (Masculine) = For them/Their (Feminine)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
49

Page #173

Intransitive Verbs Hasa - To laugh Jagga - To wake up Vaddha - To grow Ņijjhara - To trickle, to drop
Transitive Verbs. Rakkha = To Protect Iccha - To desire Gaccha - To go Koka = To call, To invite
Genitive Case Plural Narinda Narinda Narindaham Narindāham
Putta/Putta
Hasahis/etc - Sons of kings
laugh.
Rakkhai/etc : Government of
Rajja Rajja Rajjaham Rajjaham
Sasana/Sāsanu, Tam Sāsaņā
the states
protects him.
Sasă/Sasa
Jaggai/etc = Sister of mothers
Maya Maya Mayahu Māyahu
wakes up.
Juvai Juvai
Måyå/Maya
Jaggai/etc :
Mother of the
Juvaihu Juvaihu
young women wakes up.
Putti
Putti
Dhanu/Dhana/ Dhana
Puttihu Puttihu
Vaddhai/etc = The wealth of
daughters increases.
150
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #174

Dhenu Dhenú
Khira/Khira
Nijjharai/etc - Milk of cows
drops.
Khiru
Dhenuhu Dheņūhu
Jambu Jambu
Āu/Au
Jambūhu
Vaddhai/etc = The age of
Jamuna trees increases.
Jambuhu
Amhahań
Puttu/Putto/ Sokkha/ Icchai/etc : Our son desires Putta/Putta Sokkhu/Sokkhă pleasure.
Tumhahań
Potta/Pottá/ Gharul Gacchai/etc : Your grandson Pottu/Potto Ghara/Ghara goes to the house.
To
} puta/ Pata Mali
Putta/Puttä Mais
Та Taham Taham
Kokahiṁ/etc : Their sons
call me.
Tà
Ta
Putta/Puttă Paim)
Taim
Tahu
Kokahim/etc = Their
(Feminine) sons call you.
Tahu
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
151

Page #175

So
Dative Case Plural Narinda/Narindā/ Gantha/Gantha/ Narindaham/ Ganthu
Kinai/etc - He purch
ases the book for the king.
Narindāham
Padhahi/etc = You
Tuhuṁ Parikkhă/Parikkhal Gantha/Gantha/
Parikkhāhul Ganthu Parikkhahu
read the book
for examinations.
Tuhum
Amhahar
Nacchahi/etc : You
dance for us.
Note. In the above way, other sentences of the Dative Case are to be
constructed.
152
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #176

Lesson 68
Noun
Nouns Dative and Genitive Case Plural
Nouns
i-ending masculine
Sámi - Master
Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number Sāmi/Sāmi Samiham/Samiham Sāmihum/Samihum
i-ending masculine
Gåmaņi - Village
headman
Gamani/Gåmani Gámanihař/ Gamaniham Gámanihuṁ) Gámaņihum
u-ending masculine
Sáhu - Saint
Sähu/Sahů Sāhuham/Sāhūham Sähuhuṁ/Sāhūhuń
ů-ending masculine
Sayambhú - Self-made Sayambhu/Sayambhu person Sayambhūham/
Sayambhuham Sayambhūhum/ Sayambhuhum
i-ending neuter
Väri : Water
Vari/Vari Vāriham/Vāriham Värihum/Värihus
u-ending neuter
Vatthu : Thing
Vatthu/Vatthu Vatthuham/Vatthuham Vatthuhur/Vatthuhum
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
153

Page #177

Intransitive Verbs Gala = To Vanish, Cua - To drop, Iccha - To desire
Fura = To appear. Jagga : To wake up
Transitive Verbs Kara - To do Padha - To read
Genitive Case Plural
Gavva/Gavvu Galai/ - Pride of
Sāmi/Sami/ Samiham/Samiham Sâmihuṁ/Sāmihum
Gavvo/Gavva etc
masters
Vanishes.
Teu/Teu
Furai/ : The
Sähu/Sähü/ Sähuham/Sāhūhas Sahuhum/Sāhūhum
etc
radiance of
saints appears.
Vatthu/Vatthu/
Nana/Nana/ Vatthuham/Vatthūham Ņānu Vatthuhum/Vatthūhum
Karai/ = He does etc knowledge of
So
things.
Dative Case Plural
Hauṁ
Sámi/Sāmi/etc
Jägaraum/ = I wake etc
up for the masters.
Tuhum Sāhu/Sähù/etc
Bhoyana/
Icchahi/ : You desire
Bhoyana
etc
food for
saints.
154
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #178

Lesson 69
Excerises
Translate the following sentences into Apabhramsa -
(A)
(1) The son of a king greets/should greet/will greet Rama. (2) The sister of maternal uncle does/should do/will do pride. (3) The government of the state protects/should protect/will
protect him. (4) Pleasure of Ram is my pleasure/should be my pleasure/will be my pleasure.
(5) The mother of Sita listens to/should listen to/will listen to the story.
(6) 1 hear/should hear/shall hear the story of the Ganges. (7) My son desires/should desire/will desire pleasure. (8) His son goes/should go/will go to the house.
(9) He drinks/should drink/will drink the water of Narmada. (10) His mother brings/should bring/will bring you up. (B)
(1) The son of a king demands/should demand/will demand small bundle for Rama. (2) He reads/should read/will read his book for examination. (3) My son laughs/should laugh/will laugh for pleasure. (4) He drinks/should drink/will drink water of Narmada for the body. (5) The pleasure of Rama is/should become/will become the pleasure for all.
(C)
(1) Brothers of masters greet him.
(2) Gurus of poets see us.
(3) Enemies of kings think of fighting. (4) Our gurus partake of food.
(5) My maternal aunts purchase sari.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

155

Page #179

Nouns Ablative Case Singular Number
a-ending masculine
a-ending neuter
ȧ-ending feminine
i-ending feminine i-ending feminine
u-ending feminine
ú-ending feminine
Narindahe/Narindähe
Narindahu/Narindahu
Rajjahe/Rajjähe
Rajjahu/Rajjāhu
Mayȧ = Mother,
Mäyähe/Mayahe
Juvai Young woman, Juvaihe/Juvaihe Putti Daughter, Dhenu = Cow,
Puttihe/Puttihe
Dhenuhe/Dhenühe Jambühe/Jambuhe
Jambu Tree of
Jāmuna,
Pronoun Ablative Case Singular Number
Lesson 70
Noun Pronoun
Intransitive Verbs Dara: To fear,
Uppajja To grow,
4
156

Nouns
Narinda King,
Rajja = State,
=
1
=
Mahu/Majjhu Tau/Tujjha/Tuḍhra
Taham/Tähām
Tähe/Tahe
=
Ablative Case
Singular Number
=
For me
= For you
For him
- For her
Transitive Verbs
Pada = To fall,
Dhava To run
Nisara = To come out, Agaccha = To come
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #180

Ablative Case Singular Number
So
Putta/Putta/ Putto/Puttu Máyå/Māya
Narindahe/Narindahel
Darai/etc = He is Narindahu/Narindāhu
afraid of the king. Māyāhe/ Māyahe
Darai/etc - Son is
afraid of the mother. Puttihe/Puttihe Gantha/Ganthu Padhai/etc = Mother Gantha
reads the book from the daughter.
Exerise (1) The child is afraid of the serpent. (2) Food grows from the field, (3) He is afraid of the cow. (4) The Jamuna falls from the tree of Jamuna (5) The dog runs from the field. (6) Man should be afraid of Violence. (7) The child falls from the roof of the house. (8) The Ganges flows from the mountain. (9) He is afraid of me. (10) He reads the book from you. (11) A tree grows from the seed. (12) The son hides from father.
The Ablative Case is used :(1). In that in which something is separated from something,
as- Jāmuna falls from the tree. (2). In that from whom somebody desires to hide, as- hides
from father. (3). In the cause of fear, as- is afraid of serpent. (4). In that by whom knowledge is acquired, as- I read a
book from you. (5). In the meaning indicative of growing', as- A tree grows
from the seed.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
157

Page #181

Lesson 71
Noun
Nouns Ablative Case Singular Number
Nouns
Ablative Case Singular Number Samihe/Samihe
i-ending masculine
Sámi - Master,
u-ending masculine
Sähu : Saint,
Såhuhe/Sähühe
i-ending neuter
Väri : Water,
Värihe/Varihe
u-ending neuter
Vatthu - Thing,
Vatthuhe/Vatthuhe
Ablative Case Singular Number Sámihe/Sāmihe Darai/etc
So
: He is afraid of the
master.
Sāhuhe/Sāhūhe Padhai/etc
: He learns through
Värihel Varihe
Kamala/ Kamala)
Uppajjai/ etc
the saint. • The lotus grows from water.
Kamalu
158
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #182

Lesson 72
Noun
Nouns Ablative Case Plural Number
Nouns
Ablative Case
Plural Number
a-ending masculine
Narinda - King,
Narindahum/
Narindāhum
i-ending masculine
Sami - Master,
Samihum/Samihum
u-ending masculine
Såhu - Saint,
Såhuhur/Sähūhur
a-ending neuter
Rajja : State,
Rajjahum/Rajjābum
i-ending neuter
Vári : Water,
Väribum/Värihum
v-ending neuter
Vatthu = Thing.
Vatthuhum/ Vatthühuń
Ablative Case Plural Number So Narindahus/Narindāhuḥ Darai/etc = He is afraid of
Kings. Tuhum Samihur/Samihuí Dari/etc You should be
afraid of masters. Haur Sahuhus/Sāhuhuń Padhaum/etc = I learn through the
saints.
Note. Make other sentences as above.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
159

Page #183

Nouns Ablative Case Plural Number
Nouns
ǎ-ending feminine
i-ending feminine
i-ending feminine
u-ending feminine
Lesson 73
Noun - Pronoun
Te
Mäyȧ Mother,
160
=

Juvai Young lady,
Putti Daughter,
u-ending feminine Jambu Tree of
Jamuna,
-
Pronouns Ablative Case Plural
Amhaham
Tumhaham
Tahum/Tähum Tähu/Tahu
Dheņu = Cow,
=
Amhe/Amhaim Mayahu/Mayahu
=
Ablative Case Plural
= From all of us.
From all of you.
From them. (Mas., Neu.)
From them. (Fem.)
Juvaihu/Juvaihu
Ablative Case
Plural Number Māyāhu/Mayahu
Juvaihu/Juvaihu
Puttihu/Puttihu
Dhenuhu/Dhenühu

Jambůhu/
Jambuhu
Darahum/etc = All of us are
afraid of mothers.
Lukkanti/etc = All of them hide
from young ladies.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #184

Lesson 74
Noun - Pronoun Nouns Locative Case Singular Number Nouns
Locative Case
Singular Number a-ending masculine Narinda = King, Narindi/Narinde a-ending neuter Rajja - State,
Rajji/Rajje i-ending masculine Sámi - Master, Samihi/Sámihi i-ending masculine Gamaņi - Village Gamaņihi/
headman, Gámanihi u-ending masculine Sähu = Saint,
Sähuhi/Sāhūhi u-ending masculine Sayambhu : Self-made Sayambhūhi/
person, Sayambhuhi i-ending neuter Väri : Water,
Värihi/Varihi u-ending neuter Vatthu : Thing,
Vatthuhi/Vatthühi å-ending feminine Máyá = Mother, Māyā him/Māyahis i-ending feminine Juvai - Young lady, Juvaihim/Juvaihim i-ending feminine Putti = Daughter, Puttihim/Puttihim u-ending feminine Dheņu - Cow, Dhenuhim/
Dhenühim u-ending feminine Jambu = Tree of Jambūhim/
Jämuna, Jambuhi
Pronouns Locative Case Singular Number Maim
- In me, On me. Paim/Taim = In you, On you. Tahim/Tahim - On them. (Mas., Neu.) Tähim/Tahim - On them. (Fem.)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
161

Page #185

Excrises
162
(1) He dances in the house. (2) Clouds thunder in the sky. (3) She faints in the examination.
(4) Water dries up in the Narmada.
(5) Sita hears the story in the house. (6) He sits on the small bundle.
(7) Speech tires in old age.
(8) Wealth increases in the Kingdom of Rama. (9) His mother brings up the son in the house. (10) Having laughed, you dance in the house.

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #186

Lesson 75 Noun - Pronoun
Nouns Locative Case Plural Number
a-ending masculine
a-ending neuter i-ending masculine
i-ending masculine
u-ending masculine
ù-ending masculine
Nouns
Locative Case
Plural Number Narinda = King, Narindahim/
Narindāhim Raija = State,
Rajjahim/Rajjāhiñ Sami : Master,
Sámihim/Sámihim
Samihum/Samihur Gamaņi - Village Gāmaņihim/ headman, Gamaņihim/
Gámanihur/
Gāmaņihum Sähu - Saint,
Sähuhim/Såhūhim
Såhuhum/Sahuhuí Sayambhú - Selfmade Sayambhūhim/ person,
Sayambhuhim/ Sayambhūhu/
Sayambhuhur Väri : Water,
Varihim/Varihim Vatthu - Thing, Vatthuhim/
Vatthühim Máyà Mother, Masahim/Mayahim Juvai - Young lady, Juvaihim/Juvaihiń Putti = Daughter, Puttihim/Puttihim Dheņu - Cow,
Dhenuhim/
Dhenühim Jambu : Tree of Jambūhim/
Jāmuna. Jambuhim
i-ending neuter
u-ending neuter
a-ending feminine i-ending feminine i-ending feminine u-ending feminine
u-ending feminine
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
163

Page #187

Pronouns Locative Case Plural Number
= In us.
- In you.
Tahim/Tähim - In them. (Masculine, Neuter) Tähim/Tahim = In them. (Feminine)
164

Amhāsu
Tumhāsu
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #188

Lesson 76
Noun
Nouns in Vocative Case Singular and Plural Number
1.
In the Vocative Case Singular, the suffixes of the Nominative Case Singular are used. In the Vocative Case Plural, apart from the suffixes of Nominative case Plural, "Ho' suffix is also used. Narindu/Narindo - Oh king. Narinda/Narinda Putti/Putti
: Oh daughter. Såhuho/Sahūho : Oh saints etc. There is no formation of the Vocative Case in Pronouns.
3.
Exercise
(1) Oh master! you should protect us. (2) Oh king ! there is no pleasure in your kingdom. (3) Oh friend ! you should come to my house. (4) Oh mother! you should bring up children. (5) Oh sita ! lot of suffering is in the forest. (6) Oh son! you should speak the truth. (7) Oh young woman ! you should laugh. (8) Boys ! all of you should read books. (9) Friends ! all of you should be afraid of the state. (10) Saints ! you should observe self-control.
1.
In the Vocative Case calling someone occurs. its signs are: Oh!, O!. Alas! etc. It is known as Interjection.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
165

Page #189

Lesson 77
Causative Suffixes (A) Causative Suffixes of Simple Verbs
a, ava
Verbs
Suffixes
ava
Hasa - To laugh
Hasa+āva = Hasava (To cause to laugh)
Bhida - To clash
Bhida+åva - Bhidáva (To cause to clash)
Lukka = To hide
Lukka+āva- Lukkáva (To cause to hide)
Hasa+a - Hása (To casue to laugh) ('a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'a'.) Bhida+a = Bheda (To cause to clash) ('i' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'e'.) Lukka+a = Lokka (To cause to hide) ('u' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into 'o'.) Rusa+a - Rūsa (To cause to sulk) (There is no change in the long vowel 'ü' which is adjacent to the final syllable.) Jiva+a : Jiva (To cause to live ) (There is no change in the long vowel 'i' which is adjacent to the final syllable.)
Rusa = To sulk
Rüsa+ava - Rusava
(To cause to suik)
Jiva = To live
Jiva+āva = Jivava (To cause to live)
166
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #190

Tha = To stay
Nacca - To dance
Thá+: Tha
Thá+äva = Tháva (To cause to stay) (To cause to stay) Naccata -
Nacca+áva = Nácca- Nacca Naccava (To cause to dance) (To cause to dance) ('a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is changed into a' but if conjunct consonent follows 'a' remains'a'.)
Note - After adding causative suffixes to the Verbs, the Tense suffixes
are added to construct Causative Forms in different Tenses, as, Hásaj = To cause to laugh, Hasăvai : To cause to laugh. (Present
Tense Third Person Singular.) (B) Causative Suffixes to construct the Passive and the Impersonal Form
avi, o Verbs
Suffixes avi
0 (zero) Hasa : To laugh Hasa+ävi : Hasavi Hasa+o - Hása
('a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is
changed into 'a'.) Kara - To do Kara+ăvi Karavi Kara+0 = Kāra
['a' which is adjacent to the final syllable is
changed into 'ä'.) Lukka - To hide Lukka+āvi - Lukkāvi Lukka+0 - Lukka Bhida = To clash Bhida +ävi : Bhidavi Bhida+ : Bhida Rúsa = To sulk
Rūsa+ävi = Rūsavi Rūsa +0 = Rusa Tha : To stay
Thårāvi = Thàāvi Thă+0 - Thái
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
167

Page #191

Note. After adding the Causative Suffixes to the Verbs, the suffixes of
the Passive Voice and the Impersonal Form are added to the Causatives. Karavi+ijja/iya - Karávijja/Karāviya : To cause to do. Rüsávi+ijja/iya - Rūsavijja/Rúsáviya = To cause to sulk. Kāra+ijja/iya - Kårijja/Kāriya : To cause to do. Rúsa+ijja/iya - Rūsijja/Rūsiya - To cause to sulk. Thă+ijja/iya - Thāijja/Tháiya - To cause to stay.
Afterwards, the suffixes of different Tenses are added. as, Karávijjai, Karăviyai, Karavijjahi, Karaviyahi, Karāvijjaum, Karaviyaum etc.
åvi, o
(C) Causaitive Suffixes of Participles Verbs
Suffixes
avi
Hasa : To laugh
Hasa+āvi : Hasăvi
Hasa+0 - Häsa Kara+ 0 = Kära
Kara = To do
Kara+ävi - Karavi
Causative Past Participle
Hasåvi+a/ya - Hasāvia/Hasáviya Kāra+a/ya = Kāria/Kāriya
Causative Present Participle
Hasåvi+nta/måna
= Hasăvinta/Hasāvimana
Hása+nta/mana
Karavi+nta/måna
= Hasanta/Häsamana = Karāvinta/Karávimaņa - Käranta/Karamana
Kära+nta/mána
168
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #192

Causative Obligatory and Potential Participle Hasăvi+avva
• Hasăviavva
Hasăvitievvaum
= Hasăvievvaum
: Hasăvevvaum
Hasăvitevvaum Hasāvi+eva
: Hasáveva
Hasa+avva
• Häseavva, Hāsiavva
Häsa+ievvauí
Hasievvaum
Hasa+evvauí
- Håsevvaur
Hása+eva
: Haseva
Causative Absolutive Participle Hasăviti
- Hasāvji Hasávi+ju
= Hasāviu Hasavi+ivi
= Hasåvivi
Hasavi+avi
= Hasävavi
= Hasāvevi
Hasăvi+evi Hasāvi+eviņu
: Hasaveviņu
Hasāvi+eppi
- Hasăveppi
Hasavi+eppinu
= Hasāveppiņu
Hasa+i
= Hāsi
Häsa+iu
= Hasiu
Hasa+ivi
· Hăsivi
= Hásavi
Hasa+avi Hása+evi
= Hāsevi
Hása+evinu
- Häsevinu
= Haseppi
Hása+eppi Hása+eppiņu
= Haseppinu
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
169

Page #193

Causative Infinitive Participle
Hasavi+evam
= Hasávevam
11
= Hasāvana
Hasávi+ana Hasávi+anaham Hasăvi+anahim
- Hasāvanaham = Hasavanahim
Hása +evam
: Håsevam
Hasa+ana Hasa+anaham Hasa+anahim
= Hasana - Hasanaham = Hasanahim
170
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #194

Lesson 78 Retainer of Innate Meaning Suffixes (Svarthika Suffixes)
No Change in the innate Meaning of Nouns occurs despite the addition of Svarthika suffixes, after the addition declension takes place.
Svarthika Suffixes :- a, ada, ulla
One or two or sometime all the three together are added to the Nouns. In this way these become seven Svarthika suffixes :- (1) a (2) ada (3) ulla (4) adaa (5) ullaa (6) ullaada and (7) ullaadaa. After adding Svarthika (Retainer of Innate Meaning) suffixes Case suffixes are added and required declension takes place.
Jiva+ada = Jivada
Jiva
- Life Bhāva+adaa = Bhavadaa = Bhāva = Feeling Appa+a
= Appaa = Atmā - Soul Bahubala+ulla+ada+a = Bahubalulladaa - Strength of arm Vella+ada vellada-velladi = Veladi (In the Feminine 'i' suffix is
added.]
[Creeping plant or Vine.] Kudi+ulla = Kudulla-Kudulli = Hut (In the Feminine 'i' suffix is
added)
Note - Apart from the above Svārthika suffixes ‘iya', 'kka', 'es', 'u', 'illa'
etc. suffixes are also known as Svarthika. (1) Puņa-Puņu In these example, Svarthika suffixes are added to
Vina-Vinu the Indeclinable (2) Padhama+illa = Padhamilla In these examples required Guru+kka = Gurukka etc. declension takes place after
adding the Svārthika suffixes.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
171

Page #195

Lesson 79 Different Pronouns
Ja (Ma. N.) = Which or who Eta (Ma.N.) = This Jā (Fem.) = Who
Eta (Fem.) - This Ka (Ma. N.): Who Ima (Ma. N.) - This Ka (Fem.) - Who
Ima (Fem.): This Aya (Ma. N.) - This Kavaņa (Ma.N.) : Who, What, Which
Kavaņa (Fem.) = Who, What, Which à (Fem.) - This Kasi (Ma. N. Fem.): Who, What, Which
Translate the following sentences into Abaphraṁsa by looking to the table of Declension of the above-mentioned Pronouns. Exercises
(A)
(1) The man who tires sleeps. (2) He who angers hides. (3) He who sleeps laughs. (4) Whose body tires, his old age increases. (5) Whom I call, you are that. (6) The wood on which you sit, is mine. (7) By whom you are afraid of, I am afraid of him.
(B). (1) This man laughs. (2) These men laugh. (3) He reads this book. (4) They read these books. (5) This man laughs. (6) Books are read by these men. (7) I live for this. (8) She lives for this. (9) I observe this vow. (10) Knowledge occurs in this man.
(C)
(1) What do you do? (2) Which works do you perform? (3) By
172
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #196

what does he drink water ? (4) Whose son is he? (5) Whom he is afraid of ? (6) For whom do you live? (7) In whom does your devotion occur?
(D). (1) Who dances ? (2) Which vow does he observe ? (3) By whom water is drunk ? (4) For whom do you get up ? (5) Whose son is he? (6) Whose book is this ? (7) Which state do you protect? (8) In which house does he live?
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
173

Page #197

Lesson 80 Indeclinables
Jama - As long as,
Jai = 11 To: Then Jaha - The way in which Taha - Likewise
Jaha - As
Taha - Likewise
Täma - For that time, Jetthu - Where, Tetthu : There, Jema - The way in which, Tema - Likewise, Ketthu = Where, Etthu - Here, Ajju - Today, Ma - No, Ņa - No Navi : No
lya - In the way Mã : No Tamha : So Jamhå - Because Viņa = Without Vi : Also
Exercise
(1) As long as you wake up, for that time, I see picture. (2) Where your village is, there is my house. (3) The way in which he desires pleasure, likewise I desire pleasure. (4) Where do yo live ? (5) I live here. (6) You should not laugh. (7) Rama does not get up. (8) If you say, then I do this work.
Such words in the form of which no change occurs and they always remain the same, are called Indeclinables. In other words, in all cases, in all numbers, and in all Genders when the words remain without any change they are called Indeclinables.
(Abhinava Prāksta Grammar, P 213)
174
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #198

Lesson 81 Conjugation and Verbal endings
(1) Present Tense endings Singular
Plural um, mi
hum, mo, mu, ma
First Person
Second Person
hi, si, se
hu, ha, itthā
Third Person
him, nti, nte, ire
Conjugation of 'Hasa' in the Present Tense
(Hasa - To laugh) Singular
Plural First Person Hasauṁ. Hasami, Hasahum, Hasamo, Hasamu Hasåmi, Hasemi Hasama
(for other inflections, see
lesson - 5) Second Person Hasahi. Hasasi. Hasahu, Hasaha. Hasitthà
Hasase
Third Person Hasai, Hasae
Hasahim, Hasanti, Hasante,
Hasire Note: For the Present Tense, see lesson 1 to 8. For the conjugation of
ä-ending Verbs in the Present Tense, see lessons 4 and 8.
(2) Imperative endings
Singular
Plural
mu
mo
First Person Second Person Third Person
i, e, u, zero, hi, su
ha
ntu
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
175

Page #199

Conjugation of 'Hasa' in the Imperative
(Hasa=To laugh) Singular
Plural First Person Hasamu, Hasemu Hasamo, Hasamo,
Hasemo Second Person Hasi, Hasu, Hase, Hasaha
Hasa, Hasahi, Hasasu Third Person Hasau
Hasantu
Note : For the Imperative see lesson 9 to 17. For the conjugation ofáending verbs in the Imperative see lesson 12 and 17.
(3) Future Tense endings Singular
Plural saum, hium
sahum, hihum,
First Person
sami, himi
samo, himo, samu, himu, sama, hima
Second Person
sahu, hihu
sahi, hihi, sasi, hisi, sase, hise
saha, hiha saittha, hittha (hi+ittha)
Third Person
sahim, hihim
sai, hii sae, hie
santi, hinti, sante, hinte, saire, hiire
Conjugation of 'Hasa' in the Future Tense
(Hasa: To laugh) Singular
Plural Person Hasesaur,
Hasesahuń, Hasihium
Hasesamo,
First
176
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #200

Hasesamu,
Hasesami, Hasihimi
Hasesama, Hasihihum, Hasihimo, Hasihimu, Hasilima Hasesahu, Hasesaha, Hasesaitthā, Hasihihu,
Second Person
Hasesahi, Hasesasi
Hasesase, Hasihihi
Hasihisi, Hasihise
Hasihiha, Hasihittha
Third Person
Hasesai, Hasesae,
Hasesahim, Hasesanti
Hasihii, Hasihie
Hasibihim. Hasihinti
Note : For the Future Tense, see lesson 18 to 25. For the conjugation
of a-ending Verbs in the Future Tense, see lessons 21 and 25.
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
177

Page #201

Lesson 82 Conjugation of 'Asa': To be
Present Tense
Plural
Singular Atthi, Mhi
First Person
Atthi. Mho, Mha
Second Person
Atthi, Si
Atthi
Third Person
Atthi
Atthi
Past Tense
Plural
Singular Āsi
First Person
Asi
Second Person
Asi
Third Person
178
Apabhraínsa Grammar and Composition

Page #202

Lesson 83
(A) Declensional Forms of Nouns
Nominative case
a-ending Noun Masculine (Deva) (god) Singular
Plural
Deva, Devȧ,
Deva, Devȧ
Devu, Devo
Deva, Deva, Devu
Devena, Deveṇam,
Devem
Deva, Devā,
Devasu, Devāsu
Devaho, Devȧho,
Devassu
Devahe, Devähe,
Devahu, Devāhu
Accusative case Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Vocative case
Dative
and
Nominative case
Accusative case Insturmental case
Genitive case Ablative case
Locative case
Vocative case
Devi, Deve
Deva, Deva,
Devu, Devo
i-ending Noun Masculine (Hari) (Name of a deity)
Plural
Singular Hari, Hari
Hari, Hari

Harihe, Harihe
Harihi, Harihi
Hari, Hari
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Deva, Devă
Devahim, Devāhim,
Devehim
Deva, Devă,
Devaham,
Devāham

Devahum, Devāhum
Hariem, Hariem, Harim, Harihim, Harihim
Harim, Hariņa, Hariņa,
Harinam, Hariṇam
Hari, Hari
Devahim, Devȧhim
Deva, Deva, Devaho, Deväho
Hari, Hari
Hari, Hari
Hari, Hari,
Harihum, Harihum,
Hariham, Hariham
Harihum, Harihum
Harihim, Harihim,
Harihum, Harihum
Hari, Hari, Hariho, Hariho
179

Page #203

i-ending Noun Masculine (Gamaņi) (Headman of village) Singular
Plural Nominative case Gamani. Gamani Gamani, Gamani Accusative case Gamani, Gamani Gamani, Gamani Instrumental case Gamanień. Gámaniem. Gamanihim,
Gāmaņim. Gámaním Gāmanihiń Gāmaniņa, Gamaniņa
Gamaninam, Gamaninam Dative Gamani, Gamani Gamani, Gamani,
Gamanihum, Gāmanihur,
Gāmaņiham, Genitive case
Gamaniham Ablative case Gāmaņihe, Gāmaņihe Gamaņihuń,
Gámanihu Locative case Gamanihi, Gamanihi Gámaņihiń,
Gamanihim, Gamaņihum,
Gamanihum Vocative case Gamaņi, Gamani Gāmaņi, Gamani
Gamaniho. Gamaniho
and
u-ending Noun Masculine (Så hu) (Saint) Singular
Plural Nominative case Sāhu. Sähú
Sahu, Sähú Accusative case Sähu, Sähū
Sáhu, Sāhū Instrumental case Såhuem. Sähủem, Sähuhim, Sáhūhim
Sähuṁ. Sähúm. Såhuna,
Sähủna, Sāhuņam. Sāhūņań, [Dative
Sāhu, Sähú
Sáhu, Sahu
Sāhuhum, Sähūhum Genitive case
Såhuham, Sāhūham
and
180
Apabhrarsa Grammar and Composition

Page #204

Ablative case Locative case
Sáhuhe, Sāhūhe Sahuhi, Sabuhi
Sahuhuí, Sahuhum Såhuhim, Sábūhim Sahuhum. Sāhūhum Sāhu, Sähů Såhuho, Sāhūho
Vocative case
Sāhu, Sähú
ů-ending Noun Masculine (Sayambhu) (Self-made person) Singular
Plural Nominative case Sayambhú, Sayambhu Sayambhū,
Sayambhu Accusative case Sayambhū, Sayambhu Sayambhū,
Sayambhu Instrumental case Sayambhuem, Sayambhūhim,
Sayambhues, Sayambhuhim Sayambhúń Sayambhuń, Sayambhuņa Sayambhuna, Sayambhūņam
Sayambhunań Dative Sayambhu, Sayambhu Sayambhủ,
Sayambhu Sayambhúhum,
Sayambhuhur Genitive case
Sayambhūham,
Sayambhuham Ablative case Sayambhuhe,
Sayambhuhuń, Sayambhuhe
Sayambhuhur Locative case Sayambhuhi,
Sayambhühim, Sayambhuhi
Sayambhuhim Sayambhūhūń,
Sayambhuhum Vocative case Sayambhū, Sayambhu Sayambhu, Sayambhu
Sayambhuho, Sayambhuho
and
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
181

Page #205

Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Vocative case
Nominative case
Accusative case
a-ending Neuter1 (Kamala) (Lotus)
Singular
Kamala, Kamalā.
Kamalu
Dative
and
Instrumental case
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Vocative case
1
182

Kamala, Kamală,
Kamalu
Kamalem, Kamalena:
Kamalenam
Kamala, Kamalá
Kamalaho, Kamalāho
Kamalasu, Kamalāsu, Kamalassu
Kamalahe, Kamalähe
Kamalahu, Kamalâhu
Kamali, Kamale
Kamala, Kamalā, Kamalu
Väri. Väri
Värim, Vārim, Vāriem, Vāriem, Vāriņa, Vārīṇa, Värinam, Värinam
Vāri. Vāri
i-ending Neuter (Väri) (Water)
Singular
Väri, Väri
Värihe, Värihe
Värihi, Värihi
Väri, Väri
Plural
Kamala, Kamalá
Kamalaim, Kamalaim
Kamala, Kamalā
Kamalaim, Kamalaim
Kamalahim.
Kamalāhim, Kamalehim
Kamala, Kamalā
Kamalahaṁ.Kamalāham

Kamalahum,
Kamalǎhum
Kamalahim,
Kamalähim
Kamala, Kamalā
Kamalaim, Kamalāim
Kamalaho, Kamalāho
Plural
Väri, Väri, Väriim,
Väriim
Vāri, Vāri, Väriim, Väriim
Värihim, Värihim
In the a-ending Neuter Gender, when the end- syllable is 'a'. 'u' suffix becomes 'um' in the Nominative and Accusative cases, singular number as, Acchia Acchium. (Neuter Nominative and Accusative case singular number)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Vári, Vāri
Värihum, Värihum
Väriham, Väriham
Värihum. Värihum
Värihim, Varihim
Värihum, Varihum
Vāri, Väri, Väriim. Väriim, Väriho, Väriho

Page #206

u-ending Neuter (Mahu) (Honey) Singular
Plural Nominative case Mahu. Mahu
Mahu, Mahů,
Mahuim, Mahuim Accusative case Mahu, Mahu
Mahu, Mahū,
Mahuiṁ, Mahuim Instrumental case Mahum, Mahūm, Mahuhim, Mahūhim
Mahuem, Mahuem, Mahuna, Mahūna,
Mahunań, Mahunam Dative Mahu. Mahu
Mahu, Mahu and
Mahuhur, Mahuhum Genitive case
Mahuham, Mahüham Ablative case Mahuhe, Mahūhe Mahuhum, Mahuhum Locative case Mahuhi, Mahūhi Mahuhim, Mahūhim
Mahuhuń, Mahuhuí Vocative case Mahu, Mahu
Mahu, Mahủ Mahuim, Mahūim
Mahuho, Mahūho å-ending Feminine (Kaha) (Story) Singular
Plural Nominative case Kahā, Kaha
Kahā, Kaha, Kahau, Kahau
Kahảo, Kahao Accusative case Kahā, Kaha
Kaha, Kaha, Kahāu, Kahau
Kahảo, Kahao Instrumental case Kahãe, Kahae
Kahāhim, Kahahim Dative Kahā, kaha
Kaha, Kaha and
Kahähe, Kahahe Kahāhu, Kahahu Genitive case Ablative case Kahähe, Kahahe Kahāhu, Kahahu Locative case
Kahåhim, Kahahim Kahāhim, Kahahim Vocative case Kaha, Kaha
Kaha, Kaha, Kahau, Kahau, Kahão, Kahao, Kaháho, Kahaho
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
183

Page #207

i-ending Feminine (Mai) (Understanding) Singular
Plural Nominative case Mai, Mai
Mai, Mai, Maiu
Maiu, Maio, Maio Accusative case Mai, Mai
Mai, Mai, Maiu
Maiu, Maio, Maio Instrumental case Maie, Maie
Maihim, Maihim Dative Mai, Mai
Mai, Mai and Maihe, Maihe
Maihu, Maihu Genitive case Ablative case Maihe, Maihe
Maihu, Maihu Locative case Maihim, Maihim
Maihim, Maihim Vocative case Mai, Mai
Mai, Mai, Maiu, Maiu Maio, Maio, Maiho, Maiho
i-ending Feminine (Lacchi) (Wealth) Singular
Plural Nominative case Lacchi, Lacchi
Lacchi, Lacchi, Lacchiu, Lacchiu,
Lacchio, Lacchio Accusative case Lacchi, Lacchi
Lacchi, Lacchi, Lacchiu, Lacchiu,
Lacchio, Lacchio Instrumental case Lacchie, Lacchie Lacchihim, Lacchihim Dative Lacchi, Lacchi
Lacchi, Lacchi Lacchihe, Lacchine Lacchihu, Lacchihu Genitive case Ablative case Lacchihe, Lacchihe Lacchihu, Lacchihu Locative case
Lacchihim, Lacchihim Lacchihim, Lacchihim Vocative case Lacchi Lacchi
Lacchi, Lacchi, Lacchiu,Lacchiu, Lacchio, Lacchio, Lacchiho, Lacchiho
and
184
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #208

u-ending Feminine (Dheņu) (Cow)
Plural
Dhenu, Dheņū,
Dhenuu, Dhenūu,
Dhenuo, Dhenuo
Dheņu, Dhenů,
Dheṇuu, Dhenůu,
Dhenuo, Dheṇuo
Dhenuhim, Dhenuhim
Dhenu, Dhenů
Dhenuhu, Dheņūhu
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Vocative case
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Vocative case
Singular
Dhenu, Dhenů
u-ending Feminine (Bahů) (Daughter-in-law)
Plural
Bahu, Bahu, Bahuu,
Bahuu, Bahuo, Bahuo

Dheņu, Dheņū
Dhenue, Dhenue
Dhenu, Dhenū
Dhenuhe, Dheṇuhe
Dhenuhe, Dhenühe Dhenuhim, Dheṇühim Dhenu, Dhenū
Singular
Bahu, Bahu
Bahu, Bahu
Bahue, Bahue
Bahu, Bahu
Bahuhe, Bahuhe
Bahühe, Bahuhe Bahúhim, Bahuhim Bahu, Bahu
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Dheṇuhu, Dheṇühu Dhenuhim, Dheṇühim Dhenu, Dhenu, Dhenuu,
Dheṇuu, Dhenuo,
Dhenuo, Dheṇuho,
Dheṇuho

Bahu, Bahu, Bahuu,
Bahuu, Bahuo, Bahuo
Bahuhim, Bahuhim
Bahů, Bahu
Bahuhu, Bahuhu
Bahuhu, Bahuhu
Bahúhim, Bahuhim Bahu, Bahu, Bahuu, Bahuu, Bahuo,
Bahuo, Bahūho, Bahuho
185

Page #209

(B) Declensional forms of Pronouns
Masculine-Savva (All) Singular
Plural Nominative case Savva, Savvā, Savva, Savva
Savvu, Savvo Accusative case Savva, Savvă, Savvu Savva, Savvá Instrumental case Savvem, Savvena, Savvahim, Savvenam
Savvāhim, Savvehim Dative Savva, Savvă
Savva, Savva and
Savvasu, Savvasu Sawahań, Sawahar Genitive case Savaho, Sawāho, Savvassu Ablative case Savvaháň, Savvähāṁ Sawahuṁ, Savváhuń Locative case
Savvahim, Savváhim Savvahim, Savvähim
Neuter-Savval (All) Singular Savva, Savvă. Savvu
Nominative case
Accusative case
Savva, Savvā, Savvu
Plural Savva, Savva Savvaim, Savvāim Savva, Savva Savvais, Savvāim Sawahim, Sawāhim Savvehim Savva, Savvă Sawahań, Savvāham
Instrumental case
Dative and
Savver, Savvena, Savvenam Savva, Savvā Savvasu, Savvásu Savvaho, Savväho, Savvassu Savvahāṁ, Savvāhāṁ
Genitive case Ablative case
Savvahuń, Savvåhur Savvahim, Savvahim
Locative case
Savvahim, Savvāhim
The declension of 'Savva' in the Masculine and the Neuter Gender, except its declension in the Ablative and the Locative Case Singular, will take place like the Masculine Deva' and the Neuter "Kamala' respectively.
186
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #210

Nominative case
Accusative case
Feminine - Savvå (All) Singular
Plural Savvā, Savva
Savva, Savva. Savvau, Savvau,
Savvão, Savvao Savvā. Savva
Savva, Savva, Savvău, Savvau,
Savvão. Savvao Savvãe, Savvae
Savāhim, Savvahim Savvā, Savva
Savvā, Savva,
Savvahu Savvähe, Savvahe Savvahu Savvähe, Savvahe Savváhu, Savvahu Savvāhim, Savvahim Sawāhim, Savvahim
Instrumental case Dative
and
Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Plural
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Masculine - Ta' (He) Singular Sa, Sā, Su, So, Trań, Tań Tram, Tam Tem, Tena, Tenam Ta, Tă Tasu, Tasu Taho, Täho, Tassu Tahāṁ, Tähām Tahim, Tähim
Ta, Ta Та, Та Tahim, Talli Tehim Ta, Ta Taham, Täham
Dative and (Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Tahus, Tähu Tahim, Tähim
1
The declension of Masculine 'Ta' is according to the Masculine 'Savva' except its declesion in the Nominative Singular, Accusative Singular and Genetive Singular.
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
187

Page #211

Neuter - Ta (That)
Plural
Ta, Ta, Taim, Taim Ta, Ta, Taim, Taim
Nominative case Accusative case Instrumental case Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Singular Tram, Tam Tram, Tam Tem, Tena, Tenam Та, Та Tasu, Tasu Taho, Taho, Tassu Tahám, Taham Tahim, Tahim
Tahim. Tāhim, Tehim Та, Та Taham, Taham
Tahum, Tähur Tahim, Tahim
Feminine - Tà (She)
Singular Traṁ, Tań, Să, Sa
Nominative case
Accusative case
Tram. Tam
Plural Tā, Ta, Täu, Tau, Tao, Tao Ta, Ta, Tau, Tau, Tão, Tao Tähim, Tahim Та, Та
Tae, Tae Tā. Ta Tähe, Tahe
Tahu, Tahu
Instrumental case Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Tähe, Tahe
Tāhu, Tahu Tahim, Tahir
Tahim, Tahim
188
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #212

· Masculine - Ja (who)
Nominative case
Accusative case Instrumental case Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Singular Dhruń, Ju, Ja, Jā, Jo Dhrum, Ju, Ja, Ja Jer, Jena, Jenań Ja, Ja Jasu, Jāsu, Jaho, Jāho Jassu
Plural Ja. Ja Ja, Jā Jahim, Jāhim, Jehim Ja, ja Jaham, Jāham
Jahảm, Jāhām
Jahum, Jähur
Jahim, Jahim
Jahim, Jähim
Neuter - Ja (which)
Singular Dhrur, Ju
Nominative case
Accusative case
Dhrum, Ju
Plural Ja. Jā, Jaim, Jāim Ja, Já, Jaim, Jāim Jahim, Jahim, Jehim Ja, Ja Jaham, Jaham
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Jem, Jena, Jenam Ja. Ja Jasu, Jāsu, Jaho, Jāho Jassu Jaham, Jāhàm Jahim, Jahim
| Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Jahuṁ, Jāhum Jahim, Jāhim
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
189

Page #213

Feminine - Jā (which).
Singular Dhruń, Ju
Nominative case
Accusative case
Dhrum, Ju
Plural Jā, Ja, Jáu, Jau, Jão, Jao Jā, Ja, Jáu, Jau, Jão, Jao Jahim, Jahim Jā, Ja, Jāhu, Jahu
Jāe, Jae Jā, Ja Jähe, Jahe
Instrumental case (Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Jahe, Jahe
Jahu, Jahu
JähiTM, Jahim
Jähim. Jahim
Masculine - Ka (who)
Plural
Ka, Ka
Nominative case Accusative case Instrumental case
Singular Ka, Ka, Ku, Ko Ka, Ka, Ku Kem, Kena, Kenań
Ka, Ka
Kahim, Kähim, Kehim
Dative and
Ka, Ka Kaham, Kaham
Ka, Ka Kasu, Kasu, Kaho, Kāho Kassu Kahāṁ, Kāhāṁ, Kihe Kahim, Kāhim
| Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Kahus, Káhum Kahim, Kāhim
190
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #214

Nominative case
Accusative case
Neuter - Ka (who) Singular Ka, Ka, Ku Ka, Ka, Ku Keř, Kena, Kenań Ka, Ka Kasu, Kasu
Plural Ka, Ka, Kaim, Kaim Ka, Ka, Kaim, Kaim Kahim, Kāhim, Kehim Ka, Kā Kaham, Káham
Instrumental case Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Kaho, Käho, Kassu
Kahám, Kaham. Kihe
Kahuṁ, Kahum Kahim, Kāhim
Kahim, Kähim
Feminine - Ká (who)
Singular Kä, ka
Nominative case
Accusative case
Kä, Ka
Plural Ka, Ka, Kau, Kau Као, Као Kā, Ka, Kāu, Kau Käо, као Kāhim, Kahim Ka, Ka
Instrumental case
Dative
Kae, Kae Kā, ka Kähe, Kahe
Kāhu, Kahu
and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Kähe, Kahe
Kāhu, Kahu
Kähim. Kahim
Kahim, Kahir
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
191

Page #215

Masculine - Eta (This)
Plural
Singular Eho
Nominative case
Ei
Accusative case
Eho
Ei
Instrumental case
Etem. Etena, Etenam
Etahim, Etahim, Etehim Eta, Età
Dative
Eta, Eta
Etasu, Etäsu,
Etaham. Etaham
and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Etaho, Etaho, Etassu Etahảm, Etähāṁ Etahim, Etānim
Etahum, Etahum
Etahim, Etähim
Neuter - Eta (This)
Plural
Nominative case
Singular Ehu Ehu Etem, Etena, Etenam
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Etahim, Etahim, Etehim
Dative
Eta, Eta
Eta, Età
and
Etaham, Etāham
Etasu, Etåsu Etaho, Etaho, Etassu
Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Etahum, Etahūm
Etahāṁ, Etähám Etahim, Etähim
Etahim, Etahim
192
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #216

Feminine - Etă (This)
Singular
Plural
Nominative case
Eha
Eha
Etae. Etae
Etă, Eta
Accusative case Instrumental case Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Etahim, Etahim Etă, Eta Etahu, Etahu
Etähe, Etahe
Etahu, Etahu
Etähe, Etahe Etähim, Etahim
Etähim, Etahim
Masculine -Ima (This)
Nominative case
Singular Ima, Imă, Imu, Imo Ima, Imá, Imu Imer, Imeņa, Imenam
Accusative case
Plural Ima, Ima Ima, Ima Imahim, Imáhim, Imehim
Instrumental case
s Dative
Ima. Ima
Ima, Ima
and
Imaham, Imáhař
Genitive case
Imasu, Imásu Imaho, Imáho, Imassu Imahāṁ, Imáhāṁ Imahim, Imahim
Ablative case
Imahus, Imáhum
Locative case
Imabim, Imahim
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
193

Page #217

Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
194

Neuter
-
Imu
Singular
Imu
Ima (This)
Imem, Imena, Imenam
Ima, Imā
Imasu, Imăsu
Imaho, Imaho, Imassu
Imahām, Imahāṁ
Imahim, Imähim
Feminine -Imă (This)
Singular
Imå, Ima
Imâ, Ima
Imãe, Imae
Imă, Ima
Imähe, Imahe
Imǎhe, Imahe
Imähim, Imahim
Plural
Ima, Imā,
Imaim, Imaim

Ima, Imä,
Imaim, Imäim
Imahim, Imahim
Imehim
Ima, Imå
Imaham, Imāham
Imahum, Imāhuṁ
Imahim, Imähim
Plural
Imă, Ima, Imau,
Imau, Imão, Imao
Imă, Ima, Imāȧu,
Imau, Imão, Imao
Imähim, Imahim
Imȧ, Ima
Imāhu, Imahu
Imåhu, Imahu
Imǎhim, Imahim
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #218

Masculine - Aya (This)
Nominative case Accusative case Instrumental case
Singular Āya, Aya, Ayu. Ayo Aya, Aya, Ayu Ayem, Ayena. Ayenam Aya. Aya Ayasu, Ăyåsu Ayaho, Ayāho Ayassu Ayaham, Ayahım Ayahim, Ayāhim
Plural Āya, Aya Aya, Aya Āyahim, Ayahim Āyehiṁ Aya, Aya Ayaham, Ayaham
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
AyahuṁAyahum Ayahim, Ayahim
Locative case
Neuter - Aya (This)
Nominative case
Accusative case
Singular Aya, Aya Ayu Aya, Āya Ayu Āyem Āyeņa, Āyenam Aya, Āya Ayasu, Ayāsu Ayaho, Ayaho Āyassu Ayahım, Ayāhăm Ayahim, Ayahim
Plural Aya. Aya Ayaiṁ, Ayaim Aya, Ayā Ayaim, Ayàim Ayahim Ayahim, Ayehim Āya, Ayà Ayaham, Ayaham
Instrumental case
Dative and Genitive case
Ablative case Locative case
Ayahuṁ, Ayahum Ayahim, Ayahiń
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
195

Page #219

Nominative case
Accusative case
Feminine - Aya (This) Singular
Plural Aya, Aya
Ayà, Aya, Ayău, Ayau
Ayão, Ayao Aya. Aya
Āya, Aya, Ayau, Ayau
Āyảo, Ayao Āyke, Ayae
Āyahim, Ayahim Āya, Aya
Áă, Áya Ayahe, Ayahe Āyahu, Ayahu
Instrumental case
Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Ayahe, Ayahe Ayahim, Ayahim
Ayahu, Ayahu Ayāhim, Ayahim
Masculine -Amu (That)
Plural
Nominative case
Singular Amu, Amū Amu, Amú
Oi
Oi
Accusative case Instrumental case
Amuem, Amuem,
Amuhim, Amuhim
Amum, Amum, Amuna,
Amūņa, Amunam, Amūnań Amu, Amū
Amu, Amū
Dative
and
Amuhum, Amuhum
Amuham, Amuham
Genitive case Ablative case
Amuhe, Amūhe
Amuhum, Amuhum
Locative case
Amuhim, Amuhim
Amuhim, Amuhim Amuhum, Amūhum
196
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #220

Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Neuter Amu (That)

Singular
Amu, Amů
Amu, Amú
Amuem, Amueṁ,
Amum, Amum, Amuṇa,
Amúna, Amuṇam, Amūṇam
Amu, Amů
Amuhe, Amühe
Amuhim, Amühim
Feminine
-
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Amu (That)
Singular
Amu, Amů
Amu, Amů
Amue, Amue
Amu, Amů
Amuhe, Amühe
Amuhe, Amühe
Amuhim, Amühim
Plural
Oi
Oi
Amuhim, Amuhim

Amu, Amů
Amuhum, Amuhum
Amuham, Amühaṁ
Amuhum, Amūhum
Amuhim, Amuhim
Amuhum, Amuhum
Plural
Oi-
Oi
Amuhim, Amuhim
Amu, Amů
Amuhu, Amühu
Amuhu, Amühu
Amuhim, Amuhim
197

Page #221

Nominative case
Accusative case
Masculine Kavana (who, what, which)
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
198

-
Singular
Kavana, Kavanā,
Kavanu, Kavano
Kavana, Kavaṇā,
Kavanu
Kavanem, Kavanena,
Kavanenam
Kavana, Kavaṇā
Kavanasu, Kavaṇāsu
Kavanaho, Kavaṇāho,
Kavanassu
Kavanahām,
Kavaṇāhāṁ
Kavanahim, Kavanahim
Plural

Kavana, Kavaṇā
Kavana, Kavaṇā
Kavaṇahim,
Kavaṇāhim,
Kavanehim
Kavana, Kavanā
Kavaṇaham,
Kavaṇāhaṁ
Kavanahum,
Kavanǎhum
Kavanahim,
Kavaṇāhim
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #222

Neuter - Kavana (who, what, which) Singular
Plural Nominative case Kavana, Kavana, Kavana, Kavana Kavanu
Kavanais, Kavaņāim Accusative case Kavana, Kavana, Kavana, Kavana Kavanu
Kavaņaim, Kavaņāim Instrumental case Kavanem, Kavanena, Kavanahim, Kavanenam
Kavaņāhim,
Kavaņehim Dative
Kavana, Kavana Kavana, Kavana
Kavaņasu, Kavaņāsu Kavanaham, and
Kavanaho, Kavaņāho, Kavaņāham Genitive case Kavanassu Ablative case Kavanaham,
Kavanahur, Kavanáhám
Kavanahus Locative case Kavanahim,
Kavanahim, Kavanahim
Kavaņāhim
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
199

Page #223

Feminine - Kavaņā (who, what, which) Singular
Plural Nominative case Kavana, Kavana Kavaņā, Kavana
Kavanau, Kavanau
Kavanao, Kavanao Accusative case Kavana, Kavana Kavaņā, Kavana
Kavaņāu, Kavanau
Kavaņão, Kavanao Instrumental case Kavanae,
Kavaņāhim, Kavanae
Kavanahim Dative
Kavana, Kavana Kavaņā, Kavana and
Kavanahe, Kavanahe Kavaņāhu, Kavanahu Genitive case Ablative case Kavanahe, Kavanahe Kavaņāhu, Kavanahu Locative case Kavanahim,
Kavanāhim, Kavanahim
Kavanahim
Amha (1) In all the Genders Singular
Plural Nominative case Hauí
Amhe, Amhaim Accusative case Maiṁ
Amhe, Amhaim Instrumental case Maim
Amhehim Dative and Mahu, Majjhu
Amhaham Genitive case Ablative case Mahu, Majjhu
Amhahar Locative case Maim
Amhảsu
200
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #224

Tumha (You) In all the Genders
Singular Tuhum
Plural Tumhe, Tumhaim Tumhe, Tumhaim Tumhehim
Paim. Taiń
Paim, Taim
Nominative case Accusative case Instrumental case Dative and Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Tau, Tujjha, Tudhra
Tumhaham
Tau, Tjjha, Tudhra Paim, Taim
Tumhaham Tumhāsu
In all the Genders - Káim (who, what and which) In all the Numbers, cases and genders, the declension of 'Kaim is always Kaim'!
1.
Apabhrarśa Bháså Ka Adhyayana by Virendra Srivastava P 180.
Note:
The declension of the above-mentioned Nouns and Pronouns are according to Hemcandra's Apabhraría Grammar.
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
201

Page #225

Nominative case
Accusative case
Dative
(C) Declension of Cardinal Numerals
Instrumental case
and
Genitive case Ablative case
Masculine
Locative case
202

-
Ega, Ea, Ekka (One)
Singular
Ega, Ea, Ekka
Egă, Eǎ, Ekkä
Egu, Eu, Ekku
Ego, Eo, Ekko
Ega, Ea, Ekka
Egȧ, Ea, Ekkä
Egu, Eu, Ekku
Eger, Eem, Ekkem Egena, Eena, Ekkena
Egenam, Eenam,
Ekkeṇam
Ega, Ea, Ekka
Egă, Eȧ, Ekkä Egasu, Easu, Ekkasu Egäsu, Eāsu, Ekkāsu Egaho, Eaho, Ekkaho
Egaho, Eǎho, Ekkaho
Egassu, Eassu, Ekkassu
Egaham, Eahám,
Ekkahāṁ
Egäham, Eähäm,
Ekkähäm
Egahim, Eahim,
Ekkahim
Egâhim, Eahim,
Ekkähim
Plural
Ega, Ea, Ekka
Egā, Eȧ, Ekkä

Ega, Ea, Ekka
Egȧ, Eȧ, Ekkä
Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim, Egähim,
Eähim, Ekkähim
Egehim,
Eehim, Ekkehim
Ega, Ea, Ekka
Egǎ, Eȧ, Ekkā Egaham, Eaham, Ekkaham, Egäham, Eäham, Ekkahaṁ
Egahum, Eahum,
Ekkahum
Egahum, Eähum,
Ekkȧhum
Egahim, Eahim,
Ekkahim
Eähim, Ekkähim
Egähim
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #226

Neuter - Ega, Ea, Ekka (One)
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Singular
Plural Ega, Ea, Ekka
Ega, Ea, Ekka Egă, Ek, Ekka Egå, Ea, Ekka Egu. Eu, Ekku
Egaiṁ, Eaim, Ekkaim
Egāim, Eaim, Ekkāim Ega, Ea, Ekka
Ega, Ea, Ekka Egā, Ek, Ekka
Egā, Eā, Ekka Egu. Eu, Ekku
Egaim, Eaim, Ekkaim
Egaim, Eāim, Ekkaim Eger, Eem,
Egahim, Eahiń, Ekkem
Ekkahim Egeņa, Eena,
Egāhim, Eahim, Ekkeņa
Ekkähim Egenaṁ, Eeņam, Egehim, Eehim, Ekkenań
Ekkehim Ega, Ea, Ekka
Ega, Ea, Ekka Egà, Eā, Ekka Egă, Eā, Ekkā Egasu, Easu, Ekkasu Egalas, Eaham, Egāsu, Eāsu, Ekkásu Ekkaham, Egåham, Egaho, Eaho, Ekkaho Eāham, Ekkäham Egaho, Eäho, Ekkaho Egassu, Eassu, Ekkassu Egahám, Eahāṁ, Egahum, Eahum, Ekkaham
Ekkahum Egåhāṁ, Eāhāṁ, Egāhur, Eahur, Ekkaham
Ekkahum
Dative
and
Genitive case Ablative case
Locative case
Egabim, Eahim, Ekkahim
Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim
Egåhim, Eahim.
Egahim, Eahim, Ekkähim
Ekkähim
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
203

Page #227

Feminine - Ega, Ea, Ekka (One)
Plural
Nominative case
Singular Egă, EX, Ekkā Ega, Ea, Ekka
Accusative case
Egā, Eā, Ekka Ega, Ea, Ekka
Egă, Ea, Ekka Ega, Ea, Ekka Egău. Ešu, Ekkau Egau, Eạu, Ekkau Egão, Eão, Ekkão Egao, Eao, Ekkao Egă, EN, Ekkā Ega, Ea, Ekka Egău, Eau, Ekkáu Egau, Eau, Ekkau Egão, Eko, Ekkão Egao, Eao, Ekkao Egåhim, Exhim, Ekkähim
Instrumental case
Egãe, Eāe, Ekke
Egae, Eae, Ekkae
Dative
and Genitive case
Egā, Eā, Ekka Ega, Ea, Ekka Egahe, Eáhe, Ekkáhe Egahe, Eahe, Ekkahe Egåhe, Eähe, Ekkābe Egahe, Eahe, Ekkahe
Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim Egå, Eā, Ekka Ega, Ea, Ekka Egåhu, Eāhu, Ekkāhū Egahu, Eahu, Ekkahu Egāhu, Eāhu, Ekkāhu Egahu, Eahu,Ekkahu Egåhim, Exhim, Ekkähim Egahiṁ, Eahim, Ekkahiṁ
Ablative case
Locative case
Egāhim, Eahim, Ekkähim
Egahim, Eahim, Ekkahim
204
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition

Page #228

Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Du, Do, Be (Two) (In all the Genders)
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Dative
and
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case

Plural
Duve, Donni, Dunni, Venni, Vinni, Do, Be Duve, Donni, Dunni, Venni, Vinni, Do, Be Dohi, Dohim, Dohim, Vehi, Vehim, Vehim Donha, Donham, Dunha, Dunham,
Venha, Venham, Vinha,
Vinham
Dutto, Duo, Dou, Dohinto, Dosunto, Vitto, Veo, Veu, Vehinto, Vesunto Dosu, Dosum, Vesu, Vesum
Ti (Three) (In all the Genders)
Plural
Tinni
Tinni
Tihi, Tihim, Tihim
Tinha. Tinham
Titto, Tià, Tiu, Tihinto, Tisunto Tīsu, Tisum
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

205

Page #229

Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Dative
and
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Dative
and
Nominative case
Accusative case
Instrumental case
Genitive case
Ablative case
Locative case
Cau (Four) (In all the Genders)
206

Plural
Cattaro, Cauro, Cattări
Cattaro, Cauro, Cattari
Cauhi, Caŭhim, Cauhim
Caunha, Caunham
Cautto, Caño, Caũu, Caühinto, Causunto, Cauo, Cauu, Cauhinto, Causunto Caūsu, Caúsum, Causu, Causum
Pañca (Five) (In all the Genders)
Plural
Panca
Panca
Pancahi, Pañcahim, Pañcahim
Pañcanha, Pañcanhaṁ
Pañcatto, Pañcão, Pañcău, Pañcāhi, Pañcähinto, Pañcasunto, Pañcehi, Pañcehinto,
Pañcesunto
Pañcasu, Pañcasum
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #230

Cha (Six) (In all the Genders)
Plural
Cha
Nominative case Accusative case Instrumental case
Cha Chahi, Chahiṁ, Chahis
Dative
and
Chanha, Chanham
Genitive case Ablative case Locative case
Chatto, Chao, Chau, Chahinto, Chasunto Chasu, Chasum
Satta (Seven) (In all the Genders)
Plural
Nominative case
Satta Satta Sattahi, Sattahiń, Sattahin
Accusative case Instrumental case Dative and Genitive case Ablative case
Sattanha, Sattanham
Sattatto, Sattão, Sattāu, Sattahinto, Sattāsunto, Sattahi Sattasu, Sattasum
Locative case
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
207

Page #231

Attha (Eight) (In all the Genders)
Plural Attha Attha Atthahi, Atthahim, Atthahiń
Nominative case Accusative case Instrumental case Dative
and | Genitive case Ablative case
Atthanha, Atthanham
Atthatto, Atthảo, Attháu, Atthähinto, Atthåsunto Atthāhi Atthasu, Atthasum
Locative case
"Ņava, Nava (Nine) (In all the Genders)
Plural
Nominative case
Nava
Nava
Navahi, Navahim, Navahis
Accusative case Instrumental case [Dative and Genitive case Ablative case
Navanha, Navanham
Navatto, Navão, Navau, Navähinto, Navåsunto, Navāhi Navasu, Navasus
Locative case
208
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #232

Daha, Dasa (Ten) (In all the Genders)
Plural
Nominative case
Accusative case Instrumental case
Daha, Dasa Daha, Dasa Dahahi, Dahahim, Dahahiń, Dasahi, Dasahiń, Dasahin
Dahanha. Dahanham, Dasanha, Dasanham
Dative and Genitive case Ablative case
Dahatto, Dahão, Dahau, Dahāhinto, Dahasunto Dahähi Dasatto, Dasão, Dasău, Dasăhinto, Dasásunto, Dasahi Dahasu, Dahasuń, Dasasu, Dasasuń
Locative case
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
209

Page #233

Page #234

Lesson 84
Endings of Declensional forms of Nouns in
Apabhraṁsa according to Hemacandra

Page #235

210
Nominative Case Singular Number

Masculine
Deva-a
Hari
1.
Gåmaņi-i 0 0-1
Sähu-u O 10-u
Sayambhū-ū 0 0-u
0-a
au
ao
Neuter
Mahu-u
Kamala-a 0 Oth
Väri-i 0
1.
0

0-i
0+ů
if in the end 'a'
occurs
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
'a'-um
Feminine
Kaha-a
Lacchi-i
Bahū-ú
Mai-i 0
Dheņu-u 0

0 0-a
0-i
0-u

Page #236

Nominative Case Plural Number

Masculine
Gamaņi-i
Sähu-u
Deva-a Hari-i
0 Ooh. Oời
Sayambhu-ū 0
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
0 -
Neuter
Kamala-a
Väri-i
Mahu-u
0
Otu lời
0+ū
im
im
im

im
-aim
im-jim
1.1.5.1 1.1.1.1
im-üim
Feminine
Kaha-a
Mai-i
Lacchi-i
DI
-U
Bahu-u
0
O 0-a
bei
0-ú
u-au
uiu
uju
u-uu

21
0-ao
0-io
0-- ūo
0-10

Page #237

212
Accusative Case Singular Number

Masculine
Deva-a
Hari-i 0
Gamaņi-i 0 Oni
Sähu-u 0 0-
Sayambhu-u 0 0u
0-å
au
Neuter
Kamala-a
Väri-i
Mahu-u

bei
0-ū
Otá a-u If in the end'a' occurs
'a'- um
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Feminine
Kaha-a
Lacchi-i
0
Mai-i 0 0-i
0
Dheņu-u 0
Bahủ-ū 0 0+
0-a

Page #238

Accusative Case Plural Number

Masculine
Deva-a
Hari-i
Gamaņi-i
Sáhu-u
0
0
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Sayambhů-Ů 0 0-u .
Otu lời
0-i
0-ũ
leuter
Kamala-a
Väri-i
Mahu-u
O
0
Oớj Oời
0+ū
im
im
iń

im-aim
im
-iim
im-dim
Feminine
Kaha-a
Mai-i
Lacchi-i
Dheņu-u
Bahu- 0
0
0 Oni
O-a
0-1
u+au
uiu
utiu
u-uu
u-uu

213
o-ao
0-10
0+io
0-ūo
0-00

Page #239

214
Instrumental Case Singular Number

Masculine
Deva-a
Hari-i
a-e-em
naena
em, emiem 0, 0-iṁ ņa, na-iņa ņas, naṁ-iņam
Gamaņi-i Sähu-u Sayambhú- ů em, em iem eñ, em-uem em, em uem
0-im ! O, O-u 0) (-um na, na-ina ņ a, ņa-uņa na, na-una nam, nam inam nam, nam-úņam ņam, ņamunam
nam-enam
Neuter
Kamala-a
Väri-i

a-e-em
em, em-iem
na-ena
('), (')
im
Mahu-u em, em-uem ('), () - ņa, ņa-ūna nań, naṁ-unam
nam enam
na, na-ina
narn, nam-inam
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Feminine
Kaha-a
Mai-i
Lacchi-i
Dheņu-u
Bahu-u
e
e
e
e-ae
eie
eje
erue
e-ue
eue

Page #240

Instrumental Case Plural Number

Masculine
Deva-a
Sáhu-u
Sayambhú-ū
Hari-i him
Gåmaņi-i him
him
him
him
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
him-ähim
him-ihim
him-ihim
him-ühim
his+uhim
him-ehim
Neuter
Kamala-a
Väri-i
him
him
Mahu-u him him-ühis
hiņāhim
him-ihim

him-ehim
Feminine
Kaha-a
Mai-i
Lacchi-i
Dheņu-u
Bahu-u
him
him
him
him
him him-ihim
him-ahim
him-ihim
him-uhim
hiṁ-uhim

215

Page #241

216
Dative and Genitive Case Singular Number

Masculine
Hari-i
Gåmaņi-i
Sähu-u
Sayambhu-u
0
Deva-a 0, 0su, su-asu ho, ho ho
0-1
0-1
! 0-0
0-0
ssu
Neuter
Väri-i
Mahu-u

0
Kamala-a 0, 0-
8 0 su, sumăsu ho, ho-āho
0-1
0-
ssu
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
Feminine
Kaha-a
O, Ota he, he-ahe
Mai-i
0,0 / he, he-ihe
Lacchi-i 0, 0→i he, he-he
Dheņu-u
0. O ú h e, he-ühe
Bahů-ū 0, 0►u he, he-uhe

Page #242

Dative and Genitive Case Plural Number

Masculine
Apabhraíśa Grammar and Composition
Deva-a 0, 0+ ham, hař-aham
Hari-i 0, Otí ham, haṁ-iham hum, hur-ihum
Gámaņi-i 0,03 ham, haṁ-iham hum, hum-ibuṁ
Sähu-u Sayambhu- 0, 0→ 0,0¬u. ham, haṁ-ūham ham, ham-uham hum, hum-uhum hum, huṁ-uhum
Neuter
Mahu-u

Kamala-a Väri-i O, Otu 0. O i ham, ham+ahań ham, haṁ-iham
hum, hum-ihum
0, 0-ú ham, haṁ-üham
hum, hum-uhum
Feminine
Kaha-ā 0, ota he, he-ahe
Mai-i 0,03 he, he-ihe
Lacchi-i 0, 0→i he, he-jhe
Dheņu-u 0, 0-ü he, he-ühe
Bahủ-ů 0, 0+u he, he+uhe

217

Page #243

218
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Masculine
Neuter
Feminine
Deva-a
he, he ähe hu, hu-āhu
Kamala-a
he, he→ähe
hu, hu-āhu
Kahä-ä
he
he→ahe
Hari-i
he
he-ihe
Väri-i
he
he→ihe
Mai-i
he
he→ihe
Ablative Case Singular Number
Gamani-i
he
he→ihe
Lacchi-i
he
he→ihe
Såhu-u
he
he→ühe
Mahu-u
he
he→ühe
Dheņu-u
he
he-ühe
Sayambhu-ů
he
he→uhe
Bahü-ü
he
he→uhe

Page #244

Ablative Case Plural Number

Masculine
Deva-a
Hari-i
Sáhu-u
hum
hum
Gamaņi-i hum hum+ihum
hum
Apabhrarnsa Grammar and Composition
Sayambhu-u hum hum-uhum
hum-āhur
hum-ihum
hum-ühum
Neuter
Kamala-a
Väri-i
Mahu-u
hum
hum
hum
hum-ahum
hum-ihum
hum-ühus

Feminine
Kaha-a
Mai-i
Lacchi-i
Dheņu-u
Bahū-u
hu
hu
hu
hu
hu. hu-ahu
huihu
huihu
hu-uhu
h u-uhu

219

Page #245

220
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Masculine
Neuter
Feminine
Deva-a
a-i
a-e
Kamala-a
a-i
a-e
Hari-i
hi
hi→ihi
Väri-i
hi
hi-ihi
Locative Case Singular Number
Gāmaṇi-i
hi
hi-ihi
Sähu-u
hi
hi→ühi
Mahu-u
hi
hi→ühi
Sayambhu-ů
hi
hi→uhi
Kahȧ-ǎ
Mai-i
Lacchi-i
Dheņu-u
Bahu-ü
him, him ahim him, him→ihim him, him-ihim him, him-ühim him, him→uhim

Page #246

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
221
Masculine
Neuter
Feminine
Deva-a
him
him→ähim
Kamala-a
him
him→ähim
Kahȧ-ǎ
him
him→ahim
Locative Case Plural Number
Hari-i
Gămaņi-i Sähu-u
Sayambhu-ù
him, him-ihim him, him→ihim him, him→uhim him, him-uhim hum, hum-ihum hum, hum→ihum hum, humuhum hum, humuhum Väri-i
Mahu-u
him, him→ihim
hum, hum→ihum
Mai-i
him
him-ihim
Lacchi-i
him
him→ihim
him, him→ühim
hum, hum-uhum
Dheņu-u
him
him→ühim
Bahü-ü
him
him→uhim

Page #247

222
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Masculine
Neuter
Feminine
Deva-a
0
0→ā
a u
a-o
Kamala-a
0
0+ã
a→u
if in the end 'a'
Occurs
'a'→um
Kaha-ȧ
0-a
Hari-i
0
1+0
Väri-i
0
1+0
Mai-i
!+0
Vocative Case Singular Number
Gamani-i
0+i
Lacchi-i
0
0+i
Sähu-u
0
10→ů
Mahu-u
1-0
Dheņu-u
0
n+0
Sayambhu-ů
0
n+0
Bahu-ù
noo

Page #248

Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
223
Masculine
Neuter
Feminine
Deva-a
0,0→ā
ho, ho→ǎho
Kamala-a
0,0→ā
im, im→äim
ho, ho→ǎho
Kahȧ-ȧ
0,0+a
u, u au
o, o ao
ho, ho-aho
Hari-i
0,0-i
ho, ho→iho
Väri-i
0,0-i
Vocative Case Plural Number
im, im-iim
ho, ho iho
Mai-i
0,0→i
u, u ju
0, 0-10
ho, ho→iho
Gȧmani-i
0,0→i
ho, ho→iho
Lacchi-i
0.0-i
u, u→iu
o, onio
ho, ho→iho
Sähu-u
0,0→ū
ho, ho→üho
Mahu-u
0,0-ū
im, im→uim
ho, ho→úho
Dheņu-u
0,0→ū
u, u➡ūu
o, o ůo
ho, ho→üho
Sayambhu-ů
0,0-u
ho, ho→uho
Bahu-ū
0,0→u
u, u uu
o, o uo
ho, ho→uho

Page #249

Appendix - 1 (a)
Noun-Index Nouns used in 'Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition'
English to Apabhramsa S.No. | Noun
Apabhramsa Gender of Page No. word
Apabhramsa
word A
Kamma
Neuter
65
Neuter
Action Addiction Age Air
Vasana Au
Neuter
128
Váu
Masculine
1 21
din & in onoo
Aircraft
Neuter
Feminine
129
Army Ascetic Axe
Vimana Camu Jogi Pharasu
121
Masculine Masculine
121
Beak
Feminine
129
Beauty
Neuter
65
si din & in
Cañcu Rūpa Jantu, Pani Uppatti Ratta
Masculine
121
Feminine
128
65
Being Birth Blood Body Bone Book
Taņu
129
o o
Neuter Feminine Neuter Masculine
Atthi
128 57
o o
Gantha Dhanu
Bow
Masculine
121
Brother
Bhai
Masculine
1 2
1
Camel
Karaha Guha
Masculine Feminine
57 72
di
Cave
N
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #250

S.No. Noun
Page No.
Apabhraíśa Gender of word
Apabhramsa word
Child
57
Balaa Hanu Nayarajana
Masculine Feminine Neuter
129
165
Chin Citizen Cleaner of granary Clarified Butter Cloth
Khalapú
Masculine
129
Ghaya Pada, Vattha
Meha
Neuter Masculine Neuter Masculine Masculine Feminine Feminine
10.
121
Cloud Commander Compassion Cow Curd
11.
Seņāvai Karuna Dhenu Dahi
12.
129
13.
Neuter
128
1.
Daughter
72
Taņaya, Dhūà, Feminine Suya, Putti
1 29
Daughter-inlaw
Death
129 57 121
Bahů
Feminine Kayanta,
Masculine Масси,
Masculine Marana
Neuter Rina
Neuter Rakkhasa Masculine Ahilasá, Tanha Feminine
Debt
Demon
Desire
72
Detachment
Veragga
Neuter
65
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
225

Page #251

S.No. Noun
Page No.
Apabhramśa Gender of word
Apabhramsa word
Bhatti
128
Devotion Disgrace
Feminine Masculine
57
10
Ditch
Feminine
Dujjasa Gadda Kukkura Bindu
11.
57
Dog Drop
Masculine Masculine
12.
121
Earth
Pihimi
Feminine
128
72
Education Electricity Elephant
121
ridint is on oo
121 1 21
Enemy
Sikkha
Feminine Vijju
Masculine Kari, Kareņu, Masculine Hatthi
Masculine Ari, Riu, Sattu Masculine Sañjhā Feminine Parikkha Feminine Acchi,
Neuter Arkhi
Feminine
121
Evening
72
Examination
72
Eye
128 128
Faith
Father
Saddha Janera, Bappa, Piu Sasura
Feminine Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine Neuter
Father-in-law
121 57 65
Fear
Bhaya
Neuter
65
Field Fire
Khetta Agi, Huavaha
Feminine Masculine
128 57
226
Apabhrarśa Grammar and Composition

Page #252
S.No. | Noun Page No. Apabhramsa Gender of word Apabhramsa word | _ 7. Friend 57 Food Mitta Asana, Bhoyana 65 Masculine Neuter Neuter Neuter ܗ Forest Vana Feminine Ganga Jua Kanna Piamahi Neuter Feminine Feminine 129 ܣܿ ܩ ܩ ܩ ܝܲܢ ܗ ܝܿܬ ܚ̇ܟ Ganges Gambling Girl Grandmother Grandson Grass Grief God Potta Masculine Tina Duha Neuter Masculine Masculine Masculine Pahu, 121 Paramesara ܗ̇ Government Sasana Neuter H ܗ̇ Hanumana Hanuvanta 57 Hari Hari 116 ܗ݁ ܪ Masculine Masculine Neuter Neuter Masculine Masculine 128 ܗ ܣ ܩ ܩ Head Sira Honey Mahu House Ghara Human being Nara Hunger Bhukkha Husband Pai Husband's younger brother Diara Feminine Masculine 1 21 Masculine Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition 227

Page #253

S.No.
10.
11.
1 2 3 4
1.
2.
4.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1 2 3 4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
228
Noun
Husband's
sister
Hut
I
Intellect
Intelligence
Itch
Itchiness
J
Jāmuna
Jewel
K
King
Kingdom
Knee
Knowledge
L
Law
Life
Limit of time
Lion
Lotus

Apabhraṁsa Gender of
word
Apabhramsa
word
Naṇandă
Jhumpaḍā
Mai
Mehā
Khajjū
Kaṇḍū
Jambu
Mani,
Rayana
Naravai,
Narinda
Rajja
Jānu
Nāna
Vihi
Jivana
Avahi
Kesari, Siha
Kamala
Feminine
Feminine
Feminine
Feminine
Feminine
Feminine
Masculine
Feminine
Masculine
Masculine
Masculine
Neuter
Neuter
Neuter
Masculine
Neuter
Feminine
Masculine
Neuter
Page No.

72
72
128
72
129
129
121
128
57
121
57
65
128
65
121
65
128
121, 57
67
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #254

S.No. Noun
Page No.
Apabhramśa Gender of word
Apabhraṁsa word
1 28
Neuter Masculine Masculine
121
57
Masculine
121
Neuter
6 5
Mana
65
121
M Material
Vatthu Master
Sami Maternal uncle Māula Meru mountain Meru Milk
Khira Mind Minister
Manti Mistress
Sämini Monarch Răya Moon
Sasi Moral conduct Sila Mortifier
Tavassi Mother
Janeri, Māyā Mother-in-law Sassu, Sasu Mother's sister Māusi
128
57
10.
Neuter Masculine Feminine Masculine Masculine Neuter Masculine Feminine Feminine
121
11.
65 1.21
12.
13.
128, 72
129
15.
|Feminine
129
16.
Mountain
Giri
Masculine
1 2 1
N
Feminine
72
Narmada Night
Nammayā Nisā, Ratti
Feminine
72, 128
Masculine Feminine
Ocean Old age Order Owner
Sāyara Jara Anå Sami
Feminine
Masculine
121
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
229

Page #255

S.No. Noun:
Page No.
Apabhramsa word
Gender of Apabhramsa word
F
Patta
Neuter
Paper Paternal Grandfather
Piâmaha
Masculine
Patience
Dhii
Feminine
128
Peace
Santi
Feminine
138
Pit
Gadda
Feminine
72
Suha, Sokkha Neuter
Pleasure Poet
Kai
121
Praise
Pasamsa
72
Thui
Masculine Feminine Feminine Masculine Feminine
128
Gavva
Prayer Pride Prosperity Prosperous woman
57
Riddhi
12.
Paramesari
Feminine
1 28
Teu
121
Radiance Raghupati Råma
121
57 121
mi ami tworoo
Reputation Rice River Rope Rule
Masculine Rahuvai Masculine Rahunandana, Masculine Rahu
Masculine Paitha Feminine Dhanna
Neuter Saria
Feminine Rajju
Feminine Vihi
Masculine
72
129 121
230
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition

Page #256

S.No. Noun
Page No.
Apabhramsa Gender of word
Apabhraṁsa word
1
Saint
Sāhu, Jai, Muni, Risi
Masculine Masculine
121 121
Sadi
Feminine
129
Feminine
1 28
Sari Satisfaction Scripture Secretary Seed
57
Tatti Agama Manti Bia
Masculine Masculine Neuter
121
65
Self-made
Masculine
129
person Serpent Sister
Sayambhū Sappa Sasa
Masculine
57
Feminine
Bahini
128
Feminine Feminine
Sita
Siya
10. 11.
Naha
Neuter
12.
Feminine
Nidda Pottala
13.
Neuter
14.
Sky Sleep Small bundle Small earthan Water pot Small spoon Sneeze Son
Kalasiya
Feminine
15.
Feminine
129
16.
65
Kadacchu Chikka Putta, Sūņu Gana Jämáu
Netuer Masculine
17.
57. 121
18.
Song
65
Neuter Masculine
19.
1 2 1
20.
Vaya
Feminine
72
Son-in-law Speech Spiritual attainment
21.
Appaladdhi
Feminine
1 28
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
231

Page #257

S.No. Noun
Page No.
Apabhraísa Gender of word
Apabhramsa word
22.
Soha
Feminine
Neuter
Feminine
Splendour Stick, wood Story Strength Suffering Sun
Lakkuda Kahā Satti Dukkha
25.
Feminine
26. 27
Masculine Masculine
Divayara, Ravi
Neuter
128
Masculine
Teacher Tear Thread
Guru Añsu
121 128
Neuter
Sutta
Neuter
65
Thing
Vatthu
Neuter
138
si am #wosc
72
Thirst
Tisa Tree
Taru Tree of Jamuna Jambú
Feminine Masculine
121
Feminine
129
Truth
Sacca
Neuter
Gama
Masculine
57
mi aj
Village Village headman Vow
Gåmani
129
Masculine Masculine
Vaya
57
1.
Water
57
Salila, Udaga, Väri
Masculine Neuter Neuter
65 |128
232
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #258

S.No. Noun
2.
3.
4 5
4.
5.
6.
78
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
1.
2.
3.
Wealth
Well
Wife
Witch
Wine
Wind
Wisdom
Woman
Woman residing
in a city
Woman saint
Wood
World
Y
| Apabhraṁśa Gender of
word
Apabhramsa word
Dhana
Neuter
Lacchi, Kamalā Feminine
Kūva
Masculine
Jää
Feminine
Däini
Feminine
Mairä,
Feminine
Majja
Mārua
Masucline
Pannā
Feminine
Itthi, Nări,
Feminine
Mahila, Maheli Feminine

Nāgari
Samani
Kaṭṭha
Bhava
Yamuna
Young woman/Juvai
lady
Youth
Jaunā
Jovvana
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Feminine
Feminine
Neuter
Masculine
Feminine
Feminine
Neuter

Page No.
65
129, 72
57
72
128
72
65
57
72
129, 129
72, 129
128
129
65
57
72
128
65
233

Page #259

Appendix - 1(b)
Noun-Index Nouns used in 'Apabhraíśa Grammar and Composition'
Apabhraíśa to English
S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No.
A(37)
Amsu
Tear
Neuter
128
Acchi
128
ca s
Eye Bone Spiritual
Neuter Neuter
Atthi
128
Appaladdhi
attainment
Feminine
128
W
Ari
Enemy
Masculine
121
o
Avahi
Limit of time
Feminine
128
r
Asana
Food
Neuter
Ahilāsā
Desire
Feminine
o
A(341) Aṁkhi
Feminine
128
10.
Au
Eye Age Scripture
128
Neuter Masculine
11.
Agama
Agi
Fire
Feminine
128
12. 13.
Āņā
Order
Feminine
1(3) Itthi
14.
Woman
Feminine
129
234
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #260

S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No.
U(3) Udaga Uppatti
Water
15. 16.
Neuter
65 128
Birth
Feminine
17.
Masculine
121 65
18.
Neuter
Ka(F) Kai Kattha Kadacchu Kandū Kanna
19.
Poet Wood Small Spoon Itchiness Girl
Feminine
129
20.
Feminine
129
21.
Feminine
Kamala
Lotus
Neuter
23.
Kamala
Wealth
Feminine
72
24.
Kamma
Action
Neuter
25.
Kayanta
Death
Masculine
26.
Karaha
Masculine
57
27.
Kari
Masculine
121
28.
1 Karuna
Feminine
72
Camel Elephant Compassion Elephant Small earthan water pot
29.
Karenu
Masculine
121
30.
Kalasia
Story
Kaha Kukkura
Feminine Feminine Masculine Masculine
32.
Dog
33.
Kuva
Well
57
34.
Kesari
Lion
Masculine
1121
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
235

Page #261

S.No. Noun
Gender
Page No.
English Translation
35.
Kha () Khajjú Khalapú
Itch
129
Feminine Masculine
36.
129
Cleaner of granary
37.
Khir
Milk
Neuter
65
38.
Khetta
Field
Neuter
65
Ga (1)
39.
Ganga
Ganges
Feminine
72
40.
Book
5
41.
Ditch
72
42.
Pride
5
7
Gantha Gadda Gavva Gāņa Gama Gåmaņi
Masculine Feminine Masculine Neuter Masculine Masculine
43.
65
44.
57
45.
1129
Song Village Village headman Mountain Teacher
46.
121
Giri Guru Guha
Masculine Masculine Feminine
121
48.
Cave
72
49.
Gha (ET) Ghaya Ghara
65
Clarified Butter Neuter House
Masculine
50.
57
Ca (IT) Cancu Camū
Beak
Feminine
51. 52.
1 29
Army
| Feminine
129
236
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition

Page #262

S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No.
Cha (5)
53.
Chikka
Sneeze
Neuter
65
54.
Ja (5) Jai Jaunā
121
55.
72
56.
Jantu
121
57.
Jambu
Saint
Masculine Yamuna Feminine Being
Masculine Jamuna
Masculine (name of fruit) Tree of Jamuna Feminine Father
Masculine
121
58.
129
Jambu Janera Janeri
57
60.
Mother
Feminine
128
61.
Jara
Jää
72
Jāņu
128
Jämáu
121
65.
65
Jivana Juvai
Old age Feminine Wife
Feminine Knee
Neuter Son-in-law Masculine Life
Neuter Young woman/ Feminine lady Gambling
Neuter Ascetic
Masculine Youth
Neuter
66
128
67.
65
Jua Jogi
68.
121
69.
Jovvana
65
Jha (7) Jhumpadā
70.
Hut
Feminine
72
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
237

Page #263

S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No..
Da (3) Daini
Witch
Feminine
128
Na (OT)
72.
Nananda
Husband's
Feminine
172
sister
73.
Narmada
Feminine
Nammaya Nayarajana
74.
75.
Nara
57
76.
121
Naravai Naha
77
65
Nagari
128
Citizen
Neuter Human being Masculine King
Masculine Sky
Neuter Woman
Feminine residing in a city Knowledge Neuter Woman
Feminine Sleep
Feminine Night
Feminine
79.
Nána
65
80.
129
Nári Nidda
72
82.
Nisa
72
00
Daughter
Feminine
72
00
Ta (a) Tanayā Tanha Tanu Tatti
Feminine
72
Feminine
129
Desire Body Satisfaction Tree
00
Feminine
128
87.
Taru
1 2
1
Masculine Masculine
00
Tavassi
Mortifier
1 21
89.
Tina
Grass
Neuter
65
238
Apabhraíśa Grammar and Composition

Page #264

S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No.
90.
1
Tisa
Thirst
Feminine
1 72
91.
Teu
Radiance
Masculine
1 21
Tha (1)
92.
1
Thui
Prayer
Feminine
| 128
Da (a)
Dahi
Neuter
128
Diara
Masculine
57
Curd Husband's younger brother Sun
95.
Divayara
57
96.
Dukkha
Suffering
Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine
97.
Dujjasa
5
7
Disgrace Grief
98.
Duha
57
Dha (9)
Dhana
Wealth
Neuter
65
99. 100.
Dhanu
Bow
Masculine
1 21
101.
Dhanna
Rice
65
Patience
Neuter Feminine Feminine
102. Dhii 103. Dhúa 104. Dhenu
128
72
Daughter Cow
Feminine
1129
Na (7) 105 Narinda
King
Masculine
57
Apabhrarśa Grammar and Composition
239

Page #265

S.No. Noun
Gender
Page No.
English Translation
Pa (9)
106. Pai
Husband
Masculine
121
Paittha
Reputation
Feminine
107. 108. 109.
Masculine
Pada Panna
Cloth Wisdom
Feminine
110. Patta
Neuter
Paper God
57
111. 112.
Paramesara Paramesari
Masculine Feminine
1 28
Prosperous woman Examination
72
113. Parikkha 114. Pasamsa
Praise
72
Feminine Feminine Masculine Masculine
Pahu
God
115. 116.
121
Pāņi
Being
121
11 7. Piamaha
57
Paternal Gran- Masculine dfather
118. | Piamahi
Feminine
129
Grandmother Father
119.
Piu
Masculine
120.
Pihimi
Earth
Feminine
128
Masculine
Son Daughter Small Bundle
Feminine
121. Putta 122. Putti 123. Pottala 124. Potta
129
Neuter
65
Grandson
Masculine
57
Pha (6)
125.
Pharasu
1Axe
Masculine
1121
240
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #266

S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No.
Ba (a)
Bappa
Father
Masculine
57
126. 127.
Bahini
Sister
Feminine
128. Bahu
Daughter-in-law
Feminine
128 129 57 121
129.
Child
Masculine
Balaa Bindu
Drop
Masculine
130. 131.
| Bia
Seed
Neuter
65
Bha (47)
Bhatti
Devotion
Feminine
1128
Fear
Neuter
132. 133. 134. 135.
Bhaya Bhava Bhai
World
Masculine
121
Brother Hunger
136. Bhukkha
Masculine Feminine Neuter
137.
Bhoyana
Food
Ma (A) 138. Mai
Intellect
Feminine
128
139. Maira
Wine
Feminine
72
140. Manti
Masculine
121
Minister/ Secretary Death Wine
141. Maccu
121
Masculine Neuter
165
142. Majja 143. Mana 144. Mani
Mind
Neuter
165
Jewel
Feminine
1128
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
241

Page #267

S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No.
145. Marana
Death
Neuter
65
146. Mahila
Woman
Feminine
72
147. Maheli
Woman
Feminine
129
148. Mahu
Honey
Neuter
128
Maternal uncle Masculine
Mother's sister Feminine
129
149. Maula 150. Māusi 151. Maya 152.
Mārua 153
Mitta
Feminine
Mother Wind
Masculine
Friend
Masculine
154. Muni
Saint
Masculine
121
155. Meru
Meru mountain Masculine
121
156.
Meha
Cloud
Masculine
157. | Mehā
Intelligence
Feminine
Ra (1)
158. Rakkhasa
Demon
Masculine
57
Neuter
65
Kingdom Rope Blood
Feminine
129
Neuter
65
159.
Rajja 160. Rajju 161. Ratta 162. Ratti 163. Rayana 164. Ravi 165. Rahu
Night
Feminine
1 28
Masculine
57
Jewel Sun
Neuter
128
Rama
Masculine
121
166. Rahunandana Rama
Masculine
57
242
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #268

S.No. Noun
English Translation
Gender
Page No.
167. | Rahuvai
Raghupati
Masculine
121
168.
Monarch
Masculine
57
Raya Riu
169.
Masculine
121
Enemy Debt
170.
Rina
Neuter
65
171. Riddhi
Feminine
128
Prosperity Saint
Risi
Masculine
121
172. 173.
Rūpa
Beauty
Neuter
65
La ()
174. Lakkuda
Stick, wood
Neuter
175. Lacchi
Wealth
Feminine
Forest
Neuter
65
Va(0) 176. Vana 177. Vattha 178. Vatthu
Cloth
Neuter
65
Material
Neuter
128
Thing
Neuter
138
Vow
Masculine
Addiction
Neuter
65
Air
Masculine
121
179. Vaya 180. Vasana 181. Vau 182. Vaya 183. Vāri 184. Vijju 185. Vimāņa
Speech
Feminine
72
Water
Neuter
128
Masculine
121
Electricity Aircraft
Neuter
65
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
243

Page #269

S.No. Noun
Gender
Page No.
English Translation
186. Vihi
Law, Rule
Masculine
121
187. Veragga
Detachment
Neuter
65
Sa (A)
188. Sañjha
Evening
Feminine
Santi
Peace
Feminine
138
190.
Sacca
Neuter
191. Satti
Truth Strength Enemy
128
Sattu
121
193. Saddha
Faith
Feminine Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine
Serpent Woman Saint
129
Self-made person Masculine
129
River
Feminine
Water
Sister
Moon
Sappa 195. Samani 196. Sayambhū 197. Saria 198. Salila 199. Sasă 200. Sasi 201. Sasura 202. Sassu 203. Sadi
Sāhu 205. Sāmi 206. Sāmiņi 207. Sayara
Masculine Feminine Masculine Masculine Feminine
121
Father-in-law Mother-in-law Sari
129
Feminine
129
204.
Saint
Masculine
121
Master, owner
121
Mistress
Masculine Feminine Masculine
128
Ocean
157
244
Apabhraíśa Grammar and Composition

Page #270

S.No. Noun
Gender
Page No.
English Translation
Government
Neuter
65
Feminine
129
208. 209. 210. 211.
Mother-in-law Education
Feminine
7
2
Head
Neuter
212.
Sásaņa Sású Sikkha Sira Siya Sila Siha Sutta Suya
Sita
Feminine
213.
216.
Moral conduct Neuter Lion
Masculine Thread
Neuter Daughter Feminine Pleasure Neuter Son
Masculine Commander Masculine Pleasure Neuter
217. Suha
65
218.
121
219.
121
Sūnu Senāvai Sokkha Soha
65
220. 221.
Splendour
Feminine
72
Ha (5)
222. Haņu
Feminine
129
223.
Hanuvanta
Chin Hanumana Elephant
57
224. Hatthi
121
Masculine Masculine Masculine Masculine
Hari
116
225. Hari 226. Huavaha
Fire
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
245

Page #271

Appendix - 2 (a)
Verb-Index Verbs used in ‘Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition'
English to Apabhramsa S.No. Verb Apabhraísa Transitive) Page No.
Verb
Intransitive
A
To ache
Intransitive
58
ir
Dukkha Phura
To appear
Intransitive
66
B
58
11
58 66
antworooo
66,58, 11 66
66
73
66
130 111
To bark Bukka
Intransitive To bathe Nhà
Intransitive To be born Uppajja,
Intransitive Jamma
Intransitive To become Hava, Hu, Ho Intransitive To be enchanted Kila
Intransitive To be free Chutta
Intransitive To be hungry Khumma Intransitive To be present Vijja
Intransitive To blame Khimsa,
Transitive Garaha
Transitive To bloom, Viasa
Intransitive To blossom To break Tutta,
intransitive Toda
Transitive To break into Khanda
Transitive pieces To breathe Ussasa
Intransitive To braid Guntha
Transitive To bring up Pāla
Transitive To burn Jala,
Intransitive Daha
Transitive
66
11.
58
111 130
12
13.
14. 15.
73 130 104 58 | 130
16.
246
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #272

S.No: Verb
Apabhramśa
Verb Kiņa
Transitivel Intransitive
Page No.
17.
To buy
Transitive
130
113, 111
73
122, 138
111
111
28
122
130
73
10
156
To call Koka, Pukkara Transitive To calm down Uvasama Intransitive To carry Dhoya, Dhara Transitive To cheat Chala
Transitive To chew Cappa
Transitive To clash Bhida
Intransitive To colour Ranga
Transitive To come Agaccha Transitive To come down Utara
Intransitive To come out Nisara
Intransitive To congratulate Vaddháva Transitive To Conquer Jina
Transitive To cougi Khása
Intransitive To count Gana
Transitive To cover Dhakka
Transitive To cover with Odha
Transitive To covet Lobha
Intransitive To create Raca
Transitive To criticise Khimsa
Transitive To cut Katta
Transitive
11.
122 130
12.
13.
73
138. 130
15.
111
16.
122
17.
66
18.
130
19.
130
20.
111
To dance
Nacca
Intransitive Intransitive
Ghata
66
inn w
Cirava
Intransitive
66
To decrease To delay To demand To describe
Transitive
122
Magga Vanna
Transitive
1 2 2
Apabhraṁsa Grammar and Composition
247

Page #273

S.No. 1 Verb
Page No.
To desire
Apabhramsa
Verb Iccha, Vancha Chijja Khaya, Nassa Mara
122, 130 73 58
28
Khana
111
Transitivel Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Transittve Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive
Maila
122
To deteriorate To disappear To die To dig To dirty To drink To discover To do To drop To dry up To dupe
12.
Piba
122, 138
13.
111
Gavesa Kara Cua, Nijjhara Sukka
16.
122 66, 58 58 111
17.
Chala
To eat
122, 104 130, 122
28
am
To embarrass To endeavour
Asa, Khă, Transitive Bhuñja, Khâda Transitive Lajja
Intransitive Ujjama
Intransitive Cettha
Intransitive Ucchaha Intransitive Ho, Hu
Intransitive
To enthuse
#w
To exist
Intransitive
28
Intransitive
28
58
iam two
To faint To fall To fall down To fear To fight To flounder
Muccha Pada Ludha Dara, Biha Jujjha Tadaphada
28, 73
Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive
28
28
248
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #274

S.No. Verb
Page No.
Transitivel Intransitive
Apabhramsa
Verb Udda Bhula Khama
To fly To forget To forgive
Intransitive
Transitive
58 122 138. 130
Transitive
G
130 28
To get To get up To give To give up To go
122
sooo rin ni ti ono on
111
130
130
Pāva
Transitive Uttha
Intransitive Da
Transitive Choda
Transitive Gaccha, Ya Transitive Vajja
Transitive Ghuma
Intransitive Cara
Transitive Panama, Vandal Transitive Khijja
Intransitive Pisa
Transitive Uga
Intransitive Jara
Intransitive
To go round To graze To greet To grieve To grind To grow To grow old
28
104 113, 130 66
111
11.
1
58 158
12.
H To halt To hear
Intransitive
73
Transitive
122 104, 113
Thambha Nisuna, Suņa Upakara Lukka Dhara, Vaha Mâna
Transitive
To help To hide To hold
111
Intransitive
11
Transitive
122 130
To honour
Transitive
1.
To illuminate
Joa
Transitive
130
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
249

Page #275

S.No. Verb
Page No.
Apabhramsa
Verb
To increase
Vaddha
To mi
Transitivel Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive
66 1 2 2
Hirsa
To injure To invite To irrigate
111
Koka Siñca
1 2 2
wi
To jump
kud
Kudda, Kulla
Intransitive
66, 28
K
1130
122
i am +
To keep To kill To kindle To know
Rakkha Hana, Māra Daha Jana
Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive
1130
104
Muna
122
Hasa
Intransitive
28
To laugh To leap To learn To lecture To lick To live
Ucchala Sikha Bakhăna Liha
130 122
Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive
130
Jiva
11
To love
Ladda
122
Raca
130
Transitive Intransitive
Phura
66
To make To manifest To meditate To mistake
Jhaa
Transitive
138
Cukka
Intransitive
66
250
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition

Page #276

S.No. Verb
5.
6.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2 3
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
6
9.
10.
1
To move about Dula
To mortify
Tava
N
To nurture
To observe
To obtain
To occur
To oil
To oppress
P
To partake
of food
To peel
To pick
To play
To pour
To pray
To produce
To protect
To purchase
To push
Q
To quarrel
Apabhraṁsa Transitive/
Verb
Intransitive

Pāla
Pāla
Labha
Lagga
Coppada
Pida
Jima,
Jema
Cholla
Cina
Khela
Ghala
Thuna
Jana
Rakkha
Kalaha,
Jagaḍa
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
Kina
Thella
Intransitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Intransitive

Page No.
58
66
113
124
130
73
111
122
111
122
111
111
28
111
122
122
104, 113
138
138
122
28
66
251

Page #277

S.No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
252
Verb
R
To read
To rejoice
To remember
To renounce
To reproach
To reside
To rise
To roar
To roll about
To run
To run away
S
To salute
To say
To saw
To search out
To see
To send
To separate
To serve
To shine
To shine like
flame
To shout
To sing

Apabhraṁśa Transitive/
Verb
Intransitive
Padha
Ullasa, Harisa
Sumara
Cua, Chanda
Dhikkära
Vasa
Uga
Gajja, Guñja
Loṭṭa
Dhava
Pala
Nama, Panama Transitive
Kaha, Bhana
Kaṭṭa
Gavesa
Nirakkha,
Dekha, Peccha
Pesa
Chuṭṭa
Seva
Soha
Tava
Transitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Intransitive
Intransiitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Pukkara
Gāa, Gä
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Page No.

122
28, 58
122
122, 111
130
66
58
58, 66
66
130
58
122, 104
113
122
111
111
130
111, 122
138
122, 138
66
122
58
66
111
130, 122
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #278

Page No.
28,73 66, 58 66, 1 130
122
S.No. Verb
Apabhramśa Transitivel Verb
Intransitive 13. To sit Accha, Uvavisa Intransitive
Cistha, Baisa Intransitive 14. 1 To sleep Lotta, Saya Intransitive 15. To smell Jingha
Transitive 16. To speak Cava, Bolla Transitive 17. To sport Kila
Intransitive 18. To spread Pasara Intransitive 19. To sprout Uga
Intransitive 20. To stay Tha, Citha Intransitive 21. To stigmatise Kalanka Transitive 22. To sting Danka
Transitive To stop
Thambha Intransitive 24. To succeed Sijjha
Intransitive 25. 1 To suck
Cussa
Transitive 26. To suit Avada
Transitive 27. To sulk
Rüsa
Intransitive
слол
11, 66
111
122
23.
66
130
130
To take
Transitive
122, 138
To taste
Transitive
in mawon oo ai
To tear To tell To tie To tire
Le, Labha Cakkha Pháda Vinnava Bandha Thakka Cora Kutta Khiva Gajja Chua
111 111 122 122, 138 28
To thieve
Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive
122
111
130
To thresh To throw To thunder To touch
58
11.
111
Apabhrarśa Grammar and Composition
253

Page #279

S.No. Verb
Transitivel Intransitive
Page No.
12.
Apabhramsa
Verb Kampa Nijjhara Vala
00
To tremble To trickle To turn
13.
Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive
00
00
111
To uncover Ugghada To understand Jána, Bujjha To uproot Uppāda
Transitive Transitive Transitive
104, 130
111
Gala
Intransitive
58
To vanish To Vomit
Vama
Intransitive
73
Jagga, Jāgara Rama
Intransitive I Intransitive
1, 66 166
Dho
Transitive Transitive
111 130
Guntha
To wake up To wander happily To wash To weave together strips To weep To whine To win To wish To withhold To worry To worship To write
Kanda, Ruva Gadayada Jina Vañcha Rokka
Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive Transitive
58, 28 73 130 130 111
Cinta
122
111
Acca Liha
12.
122
254
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #280

Appendix - 2 (b)
Verb-Index Verbs used in ‘Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition'
Apabhramsa to English
S.No. Apabhramsa English Verb
Translation
Transitivel Page No. intransitive
A (31) Acca Accha
To worship
Transitive
111
mi aj mi
To sit
Intransitive
28
Asa
To eat
Transitive
122
A (3)
To come
Transitive
1130
Ágaccha Avada
To suit
Transitive
130
1(3)
6.
Iccha
To desire
Transitive
|1 22
U(3) Uga
58
To rise, To grow, Intransitive To sprout
Ugghada
To uncover
Transitive
111
Ucchala
Intransitive
0
o
To leap To enthuse
10.
Ucchaha
Intransitive
0
11.
Ujjama
To endeavour
Intransitive
0
12.
Uttha
Intransitive
0
To get up To fly
13.
Udda
Intransitive
0
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
255

Page #281

Page No.
S.No. Apabhramsa English Verb
Translation
Transitive/ intransitive
14. 15.
58
Upakara Uppajja Uppāda 1 Ullasa
16.
111
To help Transitive To be born Intransitive To uproot Transitive To rejoice Intransitive To sit
Intransitive To calm down Intransitive
17.
28
18.
Uvavisa
7 3
19.
Uvasama
20
Ussasa
To breathe
Intransitive
Ū (3)
21
Utara
To come down | Intransitive
173
O (31)
22.
Odha
To cover with
Transitive
122
Ka(5)
Kanda
158
23. 24.
Kampa
25
Katta
111
26.
Kara
122
27.
Kalanka
111
28.
Kalaha
To weep Intransitive To tremble Intransitive To cut, To saw Transitive To do
Transitive To stigmatise Transitive To quarrel Intransitive To say
Transitive To buy Transitive To purchase Transitive To sport Intransitive To be enchanted Intransitive To thresh I Transitive
29.
Kaha
122
30.
Kina
130
138
31. 1 Kila
66
Kila
66
32. 33.
Kutta
1111
256
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #282

S.No. Apabhraísa English Verb
Translation
Transitivel Page No. intransitive
34.
Kudda
66
35.
Kulla
To jump
Intransitive To jump Intransitive To invite, To call Transitive
28
36.
Koka
1 1 1
Kha (a) Khanda
37.
To break into
Transitive
130
pieces
38.
Khana
111
Transitive Transitive
39.
Khama
130
To dig To forgive To end, To disappear
40.
Khaya
Intransitive
58
41.
Kha
To eat
Transitive
104
42.
Kháda
Transitive
122
43.
Khása
173
Intransitive Transitive
44.
Khimsa
30
To eat To cough To criticise, To blame To grieve To throw To be hungry To play
45.
66
46.
Khijja Khiva Khumma Khela
Intransitive Transitive Intransitive
130
47.
73
48.
Intransitive
28
49
Ga (JT) Gaccha Gajja
To go
130
Transitive Intransitive
50.
To roar,
158
51.
To thunder To whine To count
Intransitive
Gadayada Gana
73
52.
Transitive
130, 138
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
257

Page #283

S.No. Apabhramsa English Verb
Translation
Transitivel Page No. intransitive
53.
To blame
Transitive
1111
54.
Garaha Gala Gavesa
58
Intransitive Transitive
55.
111
To vanish To search out To discover To sing To sing To roar
56.
Ga
Transitive
22
57.
Transitive
130
Gāa Guñja
58.
Intransitive
66 130
59.
Guntha
To braid, Toweave
Transitive
together strips
Gha (an Ghata
60.
Intransitive
66
61.
Ghala
To decrease To pour To go round
111
Transitive Intransitive
62.
Ghuma
28
Ca (2)
63.
Cakkha
111
64.
111
Cappa Cara
65.
104
66.
Cava
122
To taste
Transitive To chew Transitive To graze
Transitive To speak Transitive To worry
Transitive To stay, To sit Intransitive To pick Transitive To delay Intransitive To drop
intransitive
1 2 2
Cinta Ciţtha Cina Cirāva Cua
66
1111
66 166
71
258
Apabhrarśa Grammar and Composition

Page #284

Page No.
S.No. Apabhramsa English Verb
Translation
Transitive) Intransitive
72.
Transitive
122
73
Intransitive
66
74.
Cua Cukka Cussa Cettha Coppada
To renounce To mistake To suck To endeavour To oil
130
75.
Transitive Intransitive Transitive
66
76.
111
77.
Cora
To thieve
Transitive
1 2 2
78.
Cha (35) Chanda Chala
111
Transitive Transitive
79
111
80.
Intrasitive
73
81.
Chijja Chua Chutta
To renounce To cheat, To dupe To deteriorate To touch To be free To separate To give up To peel
Transitive
111
00
Intransitive
66
Intransitive
83.
Choda
Transitive
111
84.
Cholla
Transitive
111
85.
86.
87.
Ja (5) Jagga Jagada Jana Jamma Jara Jala
122
66
88. 89.
To wake up
Intransitive To quarrel Intransitive To produce Transitive To be born intransitive To grow old intransitive To burn
intransitive To wake up Intransitive To know, To understand Transitive
90.
91.
Jagara
92.
Jana
104
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
259

Page #285

S.No. Apabhramsa English
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
101.
102.
Verb
106.
107.
Jingha
Jina
260
Jima
Jiva
Jujjha
Jema
100. Jhaa
Joa
Jha (3)
Tha (3)
Tha
Thella
103.
104. Dara
105.
Dula
Da (3)
Danka
Dha (a)
Dhakka
Dhoya

Translation
To smell
To win,
To conquer
To partake of
food
To live
To fight
To partake of
food
To illuminate
To meditate
To stay
To push
To sting
To fear
Transitive/ Intransitive
To cover
To carry
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
To move about Intransitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Page No.

130
130
111
121
28
122
130
130, 138
1 1
122
122
28
58
111
122
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #286

S.No. Apabhraṁsa English Verb
Translation
Transitivel Page No. Intransitive
To dance
Intransitive
Ņa (0) 108. Nacca 109. Nama 110. | Nassa 111. Nijjhara
To salute
122
To disappear To drop, To trickle
Transitive Intransitive Intransitive
Transitive
130
To see To come out To hear
Intransitive
112. Nirakkha 113.
Nisara 114.
Nisuna 115.1 Nhà
156
Transitive
1 2 2
To bathe
Intransitive
Ta (a) 116. Tadaphada 117. Tava
28
66
To flounder Intransitive To shine like Intransitive flame, to mortify To break Intransitive To break
Transitive
inn
58
118. | Tutta 119. Toda
111
Tha (2) 120. Thambha
To stop, To hallintransitive
73
121.
Thakka
Intransitive
28
To tire To pray
122. Thuņa
Transitive
122
Da (c)
123. Daha
Transitive
To burn, To kindle
130
To give
Transitive
1122
124. Da 125. Dukkha 126. | Dekha
To ache
Intransitive Transitive
To see
1111
Apabhraísa Grammar and Composition
261

Page #287

S.No. Apabhramsa English
Verb
127. Dhära
Dha (U)
128. Dhava
129.
130. Dho
Pa (4)
131. Pada
132. Padha
133.
142.
143.
Dhikkära
262
134. Pala
135. Pasara
136.
Pāla
Panama
137.
Pāva
138.
Piba
139. Pida
140. Pisa
141.
Pukkara
Peccha
Pesa

Translation
To hold
To carry
To run
To reproach
To wash
To fall
To read
To salute
To greet
To run away
To spread
To bring up
To nurture
To observe
To get
To drink
To oppress
To grind
To shout,
To call
To see
To send
Transitive/ Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Intransitive
Intransitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Transitive
Page No.

122
138
130
130
111
28
122
104
113
58
58
104
113
124
130
122
122
111
111
122
122
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #288

Page No.
S.No. Apabhraíśa English
Translation
Transitivel Intransitive
Verb
Pha (5) 144. Phậda 145. Phura
Transitive
111
To tear To appear, To manifest
Intransitive
66
Transitive
122
58
122
Ba (a) 146. Bandha 147. Baisa 148. Bakhāna 149. Biha 150. Bukka 151. Bujjha 152. Bolla
To tie To sit To lecture To fear To bark To understand To speak
73
Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive Transitive
58
130
122
Bha ()
153. 1 Bhana
Transitive
122
28
154. Bhida 155. Bhuñja 156. Bhula
To say To clash To eat To forget
Intransitive Transitive
130
Transitive
1 2 2
Ma (H)
157. Maila
To dirty
122
Transitive Transitive
To demand
122
To die
Intransitive
28
158.
Magga 159. Mara 160.
Māņa 161.
Mára 162. Muccha
To honour
Transitive
130
To kill
Transitive
122 28
To faint
| Intransitive
Apabhramśa Grammar and Composition
263

Page #289

Page No.
S.No. Apabhramsa | English Verb
Translation
Transitive/ Intransitive
163. Muņa
To know
Transitive
122
Ya (T) 164. Ya
To go
Transitive
130
Ra (1)
Transitive
122
165. Ranga 166. Rakkha 167. Rakkha
To colour To keep To protect
Transitive
130
Transitive
104, 113 138
168. Rama
Intransitive
66
To wander happily To make, To create
169. Raca
Transitive
130
Intransitive
28
170.1 Ruva 171. Rüsa
To weep To sulk To withhold
Intransitive
172.
Rokka
Transitive
111
La (7) Lagga
173.
73
174. Lajja
Intransitive Intransitive Transitive
28
122
175. Ladda 176. Labha
To occur To embarrass To love To obtain To take To write To lick
Transitive
130
Transitive
138
177. Liha
Transitive
122
178. Liha
Transitive
130
264
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #290

S.No. Apabhraṁsa English Verb
Translation
Transitivel intransitive
Page No.
179. Lukka
To hide
Intransitive
To fall down
Intransitive
58
180. | Ludha 181. | Le
Transitive
1 2 2
182. Lotta
Intransitive
66
To take To sleep, To roll about To covet
18 3. | Lobha
Intransitive
166
Va(d)
184. Vañcha
Transitive
130
To wish, To desire
130
To greet To go
Transitive Transitive
130
To increase
Intransitive
66
1 2 2
185. Vanda 186. Vajja 187 Vaddha 188. Vanna 189. Vaddhava 190. Vama
Vala 192. 193. Vaha
To describe Transitive To congratulate Transitive To vomit Intransitive
122
73
191.
Intransitive
58
To turn To reside
Vasa
Intransitive
66
To hold
Transitive
1 2 2
194. Viasa
To bloom
Intransitive
66
To blossom To be present To tell
195. Vijja 196. Viņnava
66
Intransitive Transitive
1 2 2
Sa () 197. Saya
To sleep
Intransitive
1
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
265

Page #291

S.No. Apabhramsa English Verb
Translation
Transitivel Page No. Intransitive
Transitive
1 2 2
66
198. Siñca 199. Sijjha 200. Sikha 201. Sukka 202. Suņa
130
To irrigate To succeed To learn To dry up To hear To listen to
Intransitive Transitive Intransitive Transitive
58
104
To remember
Transitive
1 2 2
203. Sumara 204. Seva 205. Soha
Transitive
122
To serve To shine
Intransitive
58
To kill
Transitive
1 2 2
To rejoice
58
Ha (E) 206. Hana 207. Harisa 208. Hava 209.
Hasa 210. Himsa 211. Hu
66
To become To laugh To injure
Intransitive Intransitive Intransitive Transitive
122
To become
Intransitive
58
212. Ho
To exist To become To exist
Intransitive
/11, 58
266
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #292

Reference Books
1. Hemacandra Prakrta Vyakarana : Vyakhyātā Śri Pyara Candaji Bhaga 1 - 2
Mahārāja (Śri Jaina Divākara Divya Jyoti Kāryālaya,
Mevādi Bajāra, Byāvara) 2. Prakrta Bhaşkom Kā Vyakarana : Dr. R. Pisala
(Bihara Rästrabhasā
Parişad, Patana) 3. Abhinava Prāksta Vyakarana : Dr. Nemichand Śåstri
(Tara Pablikeśana, Varanasi)
4. Prāksta Margopadeśikā
: Paṁ. Becaradás Jivarāja
Dośi (Motilāla
Banárasidāsa, Delhi) 5. Praudha Racanánuváda Kaumudi: Dr. Kapiladeva Dvivedi
(Viśvavidyalaya, Prakāśana,
Vārāṇasi) 6. Paia-Sadda-Mahaņņavo
: Pam. Harāgovindadása
Trikamacanda Setha Prāksta Grantha Parişad,
Vārāṇasi) 7. Apabhramśa-Hindi Kosa, : Dr. Nareśa Kumāra Bhaga 1-2
(Indo-Vijana Prá. Lt.) II A, 220, Nehru Nagar,
Gajiyābāda) 8. Hemacandra Apabhramśa Vyakarana: Dr. Kamalchand Sogani
Sutra Vivecana (Jainavidya Ke Muni (Jainavidyä Samsăthana, Nayanandi Va Kanakamara
Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Višeşānka Saṁkhyā 7, 8
Kşetra Śri Mahāvīraji,
Rajasthan) 9. Apabhraíśa of Hemacandra : Dr. Kantiläla Baladevarama
Vyása (Pråksta Text Society)
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition
267

Page #293

10. Praudha Apabhramsa Racana : Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani Saurabha
(Apabhramśa Sāhitya Academy,
Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Kşetra Śri Mahaviraji,
Rajasthan) 11. Praudha Prāksta Racanã : Dr. Kamal Chand Sogani Saurabha
(Apabhraṁsa Sahitya Academy,
Digambara Jaina Atiśaya Ksetra Śri Mahaviraji, Rajasthan)
268
Apabhramsa Grammar and Composition

Page #294